Home

10 Tutorials

1. Select the paths to be tied to None for user specified HTC appears in the Command line area S Press lt Enter gt Figure 12 13 After tie right group FloCad Tutorials 12 15 Air Flow Example Continued L or Thermal gt Fluid Model o ing gt Tie to Surface t eain yen tee aes a cod TD coef ck in the Command line area ieee TIY ey Meese A i ONNEA EENE A ILN 2 Select lumps 8 to 12 by using a left to right selection box as in the previ Led D AVA a as N E r a whl an OUS SIEP Of C C aaaa p Ada a N i N Select the lumps to be tied to appears AEAN in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt Select the surfaces for the tie or LEft right appears in the Command line area Figure 12 14 After tie left group 4 Type g in the Command line Enter group name appears in the Command line area 5 Type left in the Command line Select the surfaces for the tie or LEft right appears in the Command line area 6 Press lt Enter gt Select the paths to be tied to None for user specified HTC appears in the Command line area 7 Select paths between lumps 8 and 12 by using a left to right selec tion box as shown to the right with the heavy line Select the paths to be tied to None for user specified HTC appears in the Command line area 8 Press lt En
2. Figure 10 26 Conductor Created 10 77 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select the new conductor or Thermal gt Edit The Conductor dialog box appears Type Side Convection in the Com ment field Click on the Type arrow and select Natural Convection Vertical Cyl inder lsothermal from the pull down menu The content of the Conductor dialog box changes to reflect the selection Highlight the current value in the Height field and type 4 15 Highlight the current value in the Diameter field and type 2 6285 Conductor Comment Side Convection Submodel MAIN M f Auto number ID C ID number Type Natural Convection Vertical Cylinder Isothermal Height 4 75 in Diameter f2 629 in Multiplication Factor Fluid Alr Fluid Pressure fi 01325 Fluid State C Liquid F MLI Insulation Nodes From Node AIR 1 243 Reselect To Quad Elem 240 Top Quad Elem 23C Top Quad Elem 238 Top o Ad Quad Elem 234 Top Quad Elem 230 Top Delete Quad Elem 22C Top Quad Elem 228 Top Edit Quad Elem 227 Top a Cancel Help 7 Select OK to close the Conductor dia log box 10 78 Beer Can Example Continued L P Select the new conductor or type Properties in the Com mand line The Properties window for the con ductor appears Click in the Layer field and then click on the Layer arrow and select Con ductors from the p
3. Select snap point near label 10 eee Figure 11 42 Another Polygon Surface Enter point number 3 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 11 Enter point number 4 or return to end appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select OK to close the dialog box 11 68 Satellite Continued 1 Select the two trapezoids in the Fill in the rest of the base plate upper right hand corner of the screen by picking on the dotted line within the trapezoids Note It is not necessary to use the lt Shift gt key to select the multiple items 2 Select Modify gt Array The Array dialog box appears 3 Select Polar Array if not already selected C Rectangular Array Polar Array EN Select objects 2 objects selected Center point x 3 0000 Y 21 0000 amp Method and values Method Total number of items amp Angle to fill Total number of items Angle to fill Angle between items Ena For angle to fill a positive value specifies LY counterclockwise rotation A negative value ox Ti specifies clockwise rotation p Cancel Preview lt V Rotate items as copied More Help 4 Highlight the current value in the Cen ter Point X field and type 0 if needed 5 Highlight the current in the Center Point Y field and type 0 if needed 6 Highlight the current value in th
4. Equal 1 C List Enter interior nodal boundaries as fraction from gt 0 0 to lt 1 0 5 Click on the Radiation tab 6 Double click on External in the Anal ysis Group Name Active Side field 11 128 Simple Satellite Demo Example The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Edit Active Side Top Out Bottom ln Both None will reflect and absorb energy Not in analysis group Not part of the calculations Select Top Out place a dot in the circle Select OK The Thermal Model Data dialog box reappears with top out displayed next to External Double click on Internal in the Analysis Group Name Active Side field The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Select Bottom In place a dot in the circle Select OK The Thermal Model Data dialog box reappears with top out displayed next to External Click on the Cond Cap tab Generate Nodes and Conductors 1s already set by default 11 129 Simple Satellite Demo Example 13 Select the Insulation tab Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact insulation Surface Trans Rot Put on top out side Put on bottom in side Top Out Side Bottom In Side Figure 11 81 14 Click in the check box next to Put on top out side fo select it The Top Out field activates Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Con
5. ON OFF Al1 Noorigin ORigin Properties on Command 4 id 2 1989 7 4011 0 0000 SMAP GRID ORTHO POLAR OSNAP OTRACK LWT MODEL Current Point _ Precision Drawing Status Bar Cursor Coordinates Lineweight Model Buttons igure 10 4 Default Thermal Desktop Window 10 12 Tutorials 10 1 2 Graphical Objects This section introduces the user to some general Thermal Desktop functionality Graphical Objects 1 If Thermal Desktop AutoCAD is not Create an arbitrary rectangle by following currently running launch Thermal the steps noted to the left The actual Desktop coordinates are not important The picture should look similar to Figure L 10 5 The boundaries of the rectangle are 2 or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol shown by the solid lines and the circle in ids gt Rectangle the middle represents the node associated Command RcRectangle with the rectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 3 Click on a point in the lower left of the graphics area with the cursor Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 4 Click ona second point in the graphics area that is to the right of the first point Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 5 Click on a third point in the graphics area that is above the second point Tutorials 10 13 Graphical Objects Continued The Thermal Model Data dialog box When vi
6. Orbital Heating Rates Continued The Processing Datasets dialog box appears with the dataset already selected Postprocessing Datasets Current Data Set hr pr hr me Add Hew Set Current Delete Rename Edit Comment HRA Database estermal_pr beta90 Ac ptics rch Description c Select OK The Set HR Dataset Properties dialog box appears Set HR Dataset Properties Select an orbit position tine Sources W Solar Albedo Planetshine Total Absorbed Direct Incident Humber of rays Time vg Total Abs Direct Absorbed Reflected Absorbed Comment Divide by area HRA Database external_pr beta90 AcOptics rch Description Cancel Help 7 Select OK 11 111 Orbital Heating Rates Continued The Postprocessing Datasets dialog box reappears Select Close The color bar was set to use fixed limits from the last exercise Change to use or Thermal gt Post Process autoscaling ing gt Color Bar Preferences The Color Bar Settings dialog box appears Click in the check box next to the Data Range Use Autoscaling field to select it put a check mark in the box gt Color Bar Settings Color Bar Type Node Data peasaaeaeagaea eg yx oR eee aka aaa PENG ER EEE Shading Se ee ee AEL AA Scale Type Color Grey Figure 11 78 Color Bar Autoscaling Num Shades i Data Range W Use Autoscaling Min Data Value Max Data Value Text Label Label Posi
7. C MLl Insulation Nodes TI tom Node AIR 1 2220 ad Elem 80C To ad Elem 7FF To ad Elem 7D8 To ad Elem 7CB T ad Elem 77A T ad Elem 768D T ad Elem 760 To ad Elem 753 To To Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu oo Q L i i e i a a a 3 Type Vertical surfaces in the Com ment field Click on the arrow to the right of the Type field and select Natural Con vection Vertical Flat Plate Iso thermal from the pulldown menu change from default value of Generic The dialog box changes to reflect the selection The new conductor set can be selected by picking any line of the set The number of surfaces in this selection set is large and is only chosen to simplify this tutorial A more limited selection can result in better estimates from the correla tion by being able to better specify the correct angle of inclination height of plate and a more uniform final surface temperature The user is encouraged to experiment with additional subdivisions 12 113 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 5 Highlight the current value in the Height field and type 4 Conductor Natural Convection Vertical Flat Plate Isothermal Angle From Vertical Multiplication Factor Fluid Fluid Pressure 101325 Fluid State Liquid C MLIAInsulation Nodes From Node AIR 1 2220 ad Elem 80C Top ad Elem FF Top ad Elem 7D8 Top ad Elem 7CB Top ad Elem 774 Top ad Elem 76D Top ad Elem 760
8. or lt Delete gt keys to remove text Text in See eee list fields may also be selected high lighted cut lt CTRL gt lt C gt and pasted lt CTRL gt lt V gt Highlight the current value in the Beta Angle field and type 90 6 Select the Orientation tab Highlight the current value in the first Additional Rotations field and type 180 te Select the Positions tab Figure 11 74 Display New Orbit Check the Use Positions radio but ton to select it place a dot in the cir cle The list field below the button acti vates 10 Delete all of the entries in the list box below the radio button e Highlight all of the entries e Press lt Delete gt 11 Type 90 on a single line 12 Select OK to close the dialog box The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box reappears 13 Select Display Orbit 11 106 Orbital Heating Rates Continued The single position for which calculations or Thermal gt Orbit gt Orbit will be performed is shown crossing over the north pole of the planet The coordi nate system for the vehicle is shown with The Orbit Display Preferences dialog box red used for the X axis green used for the appears Y axis and blue used for the Z axis Orbit Display Preferences xyz gt regb f Visibility Size Colors Display Preferences The small green triangle near the origin shows the start position Y Shadow Grid V Orbit Path Shadow Cone V Heading Line
9. 10 1 7 Layers Everything in a drawing is associated with a layer Layers are separate drawing areas one on top of the other and are used to organize and to manipulate what is currently being viewed in a model including the color linetype and lineweight of an object Layers are a good way to group and display related objects in a drawing or model When a new object is created it is placed on the current layer Layer properties such as name and color are managed in the Layer Properties Manager dialog box and by using additional Layer controls Figure 10 11 shown below shows the Layer Properties Man ager The Layer pulldown menu is included on Figure 10 4 and discussed later in this section Note Changing object layers will be discussed later in the tutorial Tutorials 10 27 Every model has a layer numbered 0 The 0 layer is system generated and cannot be deleted or renamed Another layer the ASHADE is internally used by AutoCad to control the lighting settings of the objects The ASHADE layer is locked Locking a layer means the entities cannot be changed Important C amp R Technologies highly recommends that the user does NOT lock layers as odd results can occur Please also note that AutoCAD 2000 version models will not have an ASHADE layer unless the user invokes Render commands The next section creates a new layer and familiarizes the user with the Layer Properties Manager 1 Ifnot already opened launch Thermal Desk
10. 100 50651 mnn an 92 11 140 e5621 Lumps Temperature TL E 160 73106 0 g 91 13 180 80591 Paths Flow Rate FR 200 88076 gt eau 25551 Ties Tie Heat Rate QTIE 240 Petka ia 260 89 18 280 300 320 1309 C Plot data for MLI Nodes 323 140471 90 15 i C Smar Color Bar Cycling Comment SINDA FLUINT Save File manifold say Description 82 34 lt 82 34 2 Scroll to the bottom of the Select Time Record sec field to move to the end Figure 12 45 Solution of the SAVE file and highlight the last point the end of the run at 323 seconds Select OK to close the dialog box 4 If the nodes do not color perform this operation until the path color bar is visible or Thermal gt Post Processing gt Cycle Color Bars 12 78 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 0 L Turn on lumps to visually see the gradi 40 Thermal Preferences ents between the fluid and the plate Note To move or resize a color bar switch from Model to Paper space by pressing the button in the lowest Select the Graphics Visibility tab edge of the AutoCAD frame in the Click on Lumps to select it display middle Then select the color bar a check mark move or Stretch it via its grip points then return to Model space when done The User Preferences dialog box appears Click on Pipes to deselect it remove the check mark Select OK Note Caution
11. 12 94 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued The Select Faces dialog box appears Click on Top to deselect it remove the check mark Click on Bottom to select it display a check mark Select OK to close the Select Faces dialog box Press OK to close the Contactor dia log box Select Thermal gt Model Checks gt Show Contactor Markers Select contactors to display markers for appears in the Command line area Select the upper contactor which is displayed as a green line downward arrow from the center of the upper plate to the center of the pipe Select contactors to display markers for appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Multiple yellow lines representing the contactor appear Select Thermal gt Model Checks gt Clear Contactor Markers Select File gt Exit A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Yes To see where the contactor will connect the top plate to the pipe use contactor markers The drawing should now look similar to the view below Figure 12 54 Contactor Markers On This command clears the points from the screen Leaving the contact or contactor markers on the screen can slow down the graphics update and obscure post processing Exit Thermal Desktop and save as prompted 12 95 12 5 FEM Walled Pipe What you should learn e creating an FloCAD pipe wi
12. 8 Select Close Figure 11 9 View Data Using Color Map Return to the normal display mode L or Thermal gt Postprocess Note The drawing may be left in postpro ing gt PostProcessing off cessing mode when exiting if desired It will be reloaded in postprocessing mode when the session is resumed Figure 11 10 View Normal Display Mode 11 30 RadCad Tutorials Space Station Oct Tree Example I Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 2 Select Yes Additional practice Use the Model Checks gt Check Overlapping Surfaces command to find the surfaces that might be overlapping in the same plane Surfaces that overlap in the same plane will most likely cause problems with radiation calculations Once the overlapping surfaces are found use the Model Browser to isolate the overlapping nodes and try to determine what is wrong with the geometric model RadCad Tutorials 11 31 11 3 Importing a TRASYS model and using Articulators What you should learn e How to import a TRASYS input file How to work with layers e Using articulators In this example a TRASYS model will be imported Following that we will articulate the solar arrays Thermal Desktop will automatically run the TRASYS input file through the Thermal Desktop supplied TRASYS preprocessor If the TRASYS model has errors a window will
13. Sepe ON BET MAREE SEGRSBM et OSGBEM KXMARS CAHEN KEE aa amp Me a amp AA a E 2 4 fasts La 3 Click in the Color field to display the Color pulldown menu arrow Click on the arrow and select Green to change the color from the current value of ByLayer Close the window by clicking on the X in the top corner of the window Tutorials 10 47 Circuit Board Example Continued 10 II LZ or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Rectangle Command RcRectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area Type 2 1 5 1 5 in the Command line Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area Type 1 0 in the Command line Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command Line area Type 0 0 1 in the Command line The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Click on the Numbering tab Highlight the current value in the Sub model field and type chip Click on the Cond Cap tab Before displaying the Cond Cap tab a Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking the user if CHIP is to be added to the Submodel list Select Yes The Cond Cap tab information is dis played Click on the arrow next to the Cond Submodel field and select CHIP from the pulldown menu Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select CHIP from the pulldown menu Highlight the current value
14. User Preferences Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options C TD RC Nodes Lumps Conductors User Defined Nodes Paths Contactors V Surfaces Ties Contact Conductance Finite Element Nodal P n Boundaries M Pipes M Heat Loads Heaters Pressures ra Nodal Boundaries In w Shaded Views Material Orienters Color Contours Trackers Assemblies Select All Deselect All 4 Select OK to close the dialog box The air node disappears from the drawing area 10 80 Beer Can Example Continued Create a new layer called RightSide which is where the right side of the beer or type layer in the Command eee can will be placed line The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Select New A new layer named Layer is added underneath the three existing layers 0 ASHADE and Conductors Highlight the name Layer if not already highlighted Type RightSide to change the name of this newly cre ated layer Select the On icon light bulb for the RightSide layer to turn if off darken the light bulb za Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters a Invert filter elete Apply to Object Properties toolbar urreni Hide details state Restore state olor Linetype i Plot Style Plot hite Continuous D 4 i 5 Bid RightSide IV Off for display F Lock for editing N White
15. 11 79 Satellite Continued Select the 3 rectangles just created When these steps are completed the view to highlight them should look similar to the lower graphic Select Modify gt Array PT The Array dialog box appears z FAA on a Select Polar Array if not already selected Highlight the current value in the Cen ter Point X field and type 0 if the value is different Highlight the current value in the Cen ter Point Y field and type 0 if the value is different Highlight the current value in the Total number of items field and type 3 if the value is different Select OK to close the Array dialog box ALET aTa S rs iT NA AEE HH val a ee ee r e e a a a a e e E E E e e LLLI TAASSSASSSSSSASN Ff A me La ay i Pa Ps E a a aT a E a E ns kt Wn E a Wn st Bt P Tamy Fe P A i WA WW oN ARR RRA A AAR AR AR x Veg xo e Figure 11 51 View After Polar Array 8 Select File gt Save Verify the active sides at this point if desired 11 80 Satellite Continued Turn on the Radiator and Design_bus lay ers and turn off the Com and Design com or type Layer in the Command layers line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears Click on the Freeze snowflake icon of the layer named Radiator to turn the layer On sun Select Current Radiator is now the current layer Click
16. 4Totallayers 4 Layers displayed Select OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box 10 81 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select the right side of the beer Split the beer can into two sides so that can by drawing a selection box the temperatures in the middle of the from points 1 to 2 as shown in Fig beercan can be determined later in the ure 10 27 on the right and as noted exercise below e Using the example to the right as a guide click the left mouse at the lower right area of the surface area 1 Specify opposite corner appears in the Command line area e Position the mouse as shown in Fig ure 10 27 above and to the right of _ the middle line and click the left Figure 10 27 Beer Can Select Right Side mouse button 2 Note that as the mouse is moved a box is drawn around the area The right side of the can is selected in the drawing area ae or type Properties in the Com mand line The Properties window for the con ductor appears 10 82 Beer Can Example Continued 3 Click in the Layer field and then click Once the selected right side is moved to on the Layer arrow and select Right the RightSide layer the drawing area Side from the pulldown menu no selection Plot style Plot style table Plot table attached to Plot table type E iew Center Xx Center Y Center Z Height width g Misc UCS icon
17. Display active sides just to confirm that they have been created properly By default when a Thermal Desktop sur face 1s created from an AutoCAD mesh it has just one node on each side of the sur face If the mesh nodalization 1s toggled for the surface each facet of the mesh becomes an independent thermal node The nodal density can be controlled using the surftab1 and surftab2 variables when cre ating the AutoCAD surface Toggling mesh nodalization again will convert the surface back to a one node per side mesh 11 99 Satellite Continued Zoom out to create the solar arrays or View gt Zoom gt Extents Figure 11 71 View After Zoom Create two rectangles one for each Create two rectangles one for each solar solar array panel array panel Use a breakdown of 5 in the long direction and a breakdown of 2 in the Set the External to Both tee el ine External group to short direction Set the Internal group to nla Set the optics to Solar Cells for the Y side and to Tedlar White for the side facing in the Y direction or type Layer in the Command line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears Click on layer 0 to highlight it Select Current Thaw the layers Bus Com Radi ator and Xlink fo turn them on Freeze the remaining Design xxx layer to turn it off Select OK to close the dialog box Uncheck the UCS Icon origin option to or View gt Zoom g
18. Paths Contactors V Surfaces C Ties Contact Conductance ia Nodal Pipes Heat Loads Heaters Pressures Nodal Boundaries In i M Shaded Views Material Orienters Color Contours Trackers Assemblies Select All Deselect All 6 Select OK to close the dialog box 12 41 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued or Draw gt Polyline Specify start point appears in the Command line area Select the lump in the green circle labeled 1A Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Select the lump in the green circle labeled 2A Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt to terminate the polyline 12 42 Three lateral lines between the U shaped pipe that was just built are to be created The lines will start and end on the lumps that have just been generated the lumps inside the green circles Simple lines to generate these laterals could be used but lines have no graphical thickness whereas the thickness of polylines can be specified and changed as needed While this thickness has no meaning to the FloCAD model it is pre ferred by some users as a visualization tool perhaps choosing a width equal to the pipe OD In this case the polylines are thinner than the OD but thicker than a plain AutoCAD line would be and hence easier to select with the mouse The first lin
19. RadCad Tutorials 11 1 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als parallel directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved Rename the copied template file to parallel Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the parallel drawing file icon in the board directory 11 2 RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Define the optical property White Paint 1 a or Thermal gt Optical Prop Spaces are allowed in optical property erties gt Edit Property Data es The Edit Optical Properties dialog box appears Edit Optical Properties Current Optical Property Database ReOptics rco New property to add Name solar abs IA emis a e White Paint 0 800 0 287 2 Type White Paint in the New Prop erty to add field 3 Select Add The Edit Optical Properties White Paint dialog box appears Edit Optical Property White Paint Comment Set Color Use Properties Basic Props for Radks and Heat Rate Calculations Basic Wavelength Dependent Solar Absorptivity Cys Angle C Vs Temperature Transmissivity j Edit Table CI Ys Angle Specularity j Edit Table C Ys Angle Transmissive Specularity Edit Table C Ys Angle Refractive Indices Ratio Infrared Emis
20. 107 29 JE Go TE fi 64 or a0 4 3 26 107 24 af ce Te 64 ay 43 42 34 af 36 27 Temperature L Time sec 12 33 12 34 FloCad Tutorials 12 3 Manifolded Coldplate What you should learn creating a polyline based FloCAD pipe with smooth bends connecting pipes adding fluid network components accessing a user defined fluid defining a fan or pump curve postprocessing a transient run In this example a manifolded copper coldplate bonded to a thick 1 2 inch 10 5 x11 36 aluminum plate will be constructed The working fluid is 50 50 water and ethylene glycol This is not a library built in fluid but a FLUINT FPROP file has been supplied The plate is initially at 80 F and convects to an 80 F air temperature with a convection coefficient of 30 BTU hr ft2 F stored as parametric symbol EnviroU At time zero 100W symbol Power is dissipated into the loop However the plate is not able to reject all of this power and still stay below the temperature limit 110 F symbol 7 imit At steady state the peak temperature is about 126 F Instead the device is intended to provide temporary rejection capability for a surge in power by relying in part on its thermal mass The point of the analysis it to determine how long before the device reaches its capacity how long can it withstand the power surge 12 35 Manifolded Coldplate Examp
21. Comment Area Diameter Selection Advanced Options Select Shape Time Dependent TUBE User Specified Time Independent STUBE Hydraulic Diameter 0 2 Additional Input User Specified d Flow Area Length Distance between lumps User Input 14 11 Select OK in the Tube Edit Form dia Close the loop with a pump 1 gt or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Pump Fan Select from lump appears in the Com mand line area 2 Click on the junction at the outlet of the loss element labeled 1st on the graphic at the right Select to lump appears in the Com mand line area 3 Click on the tank at the inlet to the Figure 12 39 View After New Pump U shaped pipe ID 999 labeled 2nd on the graphic at the right 12 64 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 4 Select the new path to highlight it The Tabular input dialog box is used to specify the pump flowrate head curve in units of volumetric flow versus length 5 or Thermal gt Edit The finished table should look like this The Fan Pump Edit Form dialog box saving and reopening reformats the input appears values Fan Pump Edit Form Mass Flow Rate 0 Ibm sec O Volume Flow Rate O Simple Fan Pump curve Full Head Vs Flow Map GPMP Method Note If familiar with PC cutting and pasting functionality it is pos sible to cut and paste the entry in formation from the pdf version
22. Object Selection Filter Select Type to filter Additional Criteria Submodel Material Node Type Other Select OK to close the dialog box The Node Multi Edit Mode dialog box appears Click on Override calculation by elements surfaces to place a check mark in the box The Type field activates Click on Boundary to place a dot in the circle 10 115 Finite Element Example Continued 16 Highlight the current value in the Ini tial temp field and type 273 15 Submodel MAIN v Initial temp 1273 19 K ID Comment Type C Diffusion g xl C Arithmetic Boundary Time varying Edit Clone V Override calculations by elements surfaces Put in sub network Cancel 17 Select OK to close the dialog box Thermal Desktop In multi edit mode only fields that are changed are updated For all the edited objects For a field to be changed the value or string must be different than the original value For instance if the value was 60 typing in 60 or 60 0 does NOT make the field changed If the field already has the value in the field that you want you might need to change the Field to another value and then perform the same edit again and change it back to the desired value The following fields were determined to be changed any displayed values are in MKS units Node Typ User Override Inital Temp changed from 293 150000 to 273 149994
23. Overlapping Surfaces Oct Cells Use Oct ree to accelerate calculations Max oct ree subdivisions 7 Max surfaces per cell 8 Random Number Seed Control Use unique random number seed at start of calculations Use same random number seed sequence at start of calculations Use same random number seed sequence at start of every node Nodalization Schemes General O Specific Top Bottom Specific Radk Calculation Spectrum Used for Modeling Lamps Infrared O Solar Wavelength Dependent Properties Edit Only For SindaWorks 7 Select Use same random number seed sequence at start of every node in the Random Number Seed Control field put a dot in the circle Click OK to close the Radiation Anal ysis Data dialog box Select the SIF Output tab in the Case Set Information dialog box Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments Output Increment 0 sec Output Submodel AUTO Text Output Output for Color Postprocessing and XY Plots Output Filename case0 out Save Filename case0 sav V Temperatures V All for Steady State End of Transient Node Summary v M All Incident Heat lV V Temperatures l Register Capacitance Incident Heat IV Register Summary Capacitance y Heat Map Conductors IV Cancel Help 10 Click on Temperatures in the Text Output field to deselect it remove th
24. Reset to Defaults 35 Highlight the current value in the Maximum iterations field and type 200 36 Select OK to close the dialog box The Case Set Information dialog box is visible An asterisk is displayed next to Control in the Solver Data field to show the variables have been changed 10 182 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 37 Double click on Procedure in the Solver Data column The Solver Procedure dialog box appears Mi Solver Procedure Edit Search C If your ie raha involves a transient add a call to SVPART R C where mtest is unique integer register or user constant then u CALL RESPAR ntest replace mtest with the integer variable TIMEO 0 0 or whatever start time is required TIMEN TIMEO CALL TDSETDES Send Design Variables and Update to TD CALL TDCASE TD Solves Case CALL TDHTR Hold Heater Temps for steady state CALL STEADY CALL TDREL Release Heaters for transient CALL TRANSIENT CALL TDHTOT Output Heater Summary Data OBJECT CALL TDOBJ Send object value to TD Pleleleleieigigielelgielelelaelels Cancel 38 Highlight the current code and comments in the dialog box and type the text shown in the chart in the right hand column Note Remember that the text must begin at column 7 Enter 6 spaces before beginning the first line and type CALL beginning on the 7th M Solver Procedure CALL TDSETDES L TDCAS LL TDOBJ
25. Select Modify gt 3D Operation gt Rotate 3D Select objects appears in the Com mand line Select the polyline drawn as the inner surface of the heatpipe Note When selected only that in ner line should become dashed to show it is selected Press lt Enter gt to complete the selec tion of the polyline Specify first point on axis or define axis by Object Last View Yaxis Zaxis 2 points appears in the Command line Type Yaxis in the Command line to begin that mode 12 90 When working with pipes it is important to understand that they are made up of several semi independent pieces e The lines defining the centerline are a group e The line defining the shape is another object e The pipe representation is a third object When selected the pipe will have a single grip point at the start angle location Manipulation of the shape or layout of the centerline is performed on the lines To modify the orientation a number of methods can be utilized The heatpipe will be oriented with the Z axis using two steps This will highlight two of the meth ods that can be used to change the orien tation of the heatpipe Grip editing provides the quickest method Notice that a 3D coordinate is used to define the rota tion point since a front view with the world coordinate system is currently being utilized This point is 45 degrees up from the center point of the heatpipe shape which is at 0 25 0 0 Next co
26. The lump changes shape to reflect the change Next set up some heat transfer to the or Format gt Layer ambient The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears 2 Select the Boundary layer to high light it Note The current layer is the Pipe layer 3 Select Current to make this layer where the next objects will be created 4 Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box 12 109 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued A node to connect a convective conductor or Thermal gt ED Fem Net to 1s needed This node will represent the work gt Node ambient air temperature Enter location of node appears in the Command line area Type 0 5 0 in the Command line The node displays in the upper left of the drawing area Figure 12 66 After New Node 1 Select the newly created node Edit the node to make it a boundary node and place it in submodel air 2 or Thermal gt Edit Also make the temperature of the node a symbol The Node dialog box appears o Note that when double clicking 1n a field 3 Highlight the current value in the Sub the Expression Editor displays model field and type AIR 4 Click on the Boundary radio button in the Type field to select it display a dot in the circle 5 Double click in the Initial Temp field The Expression Editor dialog box appears 12 110 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 6 Click on the arrow to the right of the The
27. type 4 Highlight the current value in the Height Equal field and type 2 11 92 Satellite Continued 9 Select the Surface tab 10 Highlight the current value in the Min Height field and type 0 11 Select OK to close the dialog box lesa x P a P Figure 11 63 End Dome 11 93 Satellite Continued Create a cylinder for the length of the bat or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Cylinder Pick or enter point for base of cylinder lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 3 aa f g Pick or enter point for top of cylinder 4 Node 2 lt 0 0 1 gt appears in the Command Ke of WA lt line area Figure 11 64 Cylinder Created Click on the snap point near label 4 Enter radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 5 w Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 5 gt Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 6 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Surface tab dis played Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the Angular Equal field and type 4 Highlight the current value in the Height Equal field and type 2 10 Select OK to close
28. Fluid Edit Fluid Selection for Submodel ATER Uscrliistincelan s Fluid Constituent Identifier Click on the User Defined Fluid radio button to select it display a dot in the circle Highlight the current value of 718 in the User Defined Fluid input field and type 9050 Select Browse The Open dialog box appears Select waterglycol inc and press the Open button Note Waterglycol inc should now appear in the File Name field Select Open A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the new value AutoCAD Ad Fluid Identifier 9050 was found Do you want to use this value 9 Select Yes to close the Thermal Desk top AutoCAD dialog box 10 Select OK to close the Fluid Edit dia log box 11 Select OK to close the Fluid Submodel Properties dialog box 12 Select OK to close the FLUINT Sub model Manager Form dialog box 12 76 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued It s time to launch the transient analysis which has been set up already in the Case Set Manager or Thermal gt Case Set Man ager Note If not familiar with this other key part of Thermal Desktop take the time to browse For example re Select Run Case view the user logic that has been The Duplicate Nodes Found dialog added to the FLOGIC2 Water sub The Case Set Manager dialog box appears box appears model Duplicate Nodes Found 1 duplicate node ids have been found Nodes that have the
29. Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Defaut start with a brand new database Append ann the existing database to increase the accu Rays Before Initial Error Check w racy Energy Cutoff Fraction OK Cancel Help Select the Control tab if not already displayed Highlight the current value in the Set Rays per node field and type 4000 Deselect Solar and Albedo in the Heating Rate Sources field remove check marks from the boxes Select OK Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Calc Heating Rates Ray Trace A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation to continue Select OK The Append Replace Database dialog box appears with Append selected Select OK The process runs 11 116 Orbital Heating Rates Continued el Bring up the dataset editing dialog box and select OK to reload the data The post processing set always points to the data it does not contain the data values Updat The Set HR Dataset Properties dialog ing the display will show the most cur box appears rently computed values L or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt Edit Current Dataset 2 Select OK Verify that the heating on the solar arrays appears more uniform and that heating rates in general look more symmetrical 1 Select Thermal gt Orbit gt Manager Use the Orbit Manager to create a new Orbits basic orbit with a b
30. Select the elements for free edge cal culations appears in the Command line area 2 Type all in the Command line Select the elements for free edge cal culations appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt The grid lines turn red and 48 individual edges found 48 free edges found appears in the Command line area 10 100 The next steps use the Show Free Edges command to determine if these nodes are properly connected Once the Show Free Edges command is executed notice that red lines cover the whole grid of the model What has hap pened is that the Array command has cop ied the nodes as well as the elements and therefore the nodes are lying on top of each other If the user output the model at this point after resequencing the nodes there would be no conduction between the elements Finite Element Example Continued This group of steps merge the coincident or Thermal gt FD Fem Net odes work gt Merge Coincident Nodes Select Objects appears in the Com mand line area Type all in the Command line Select Objects appears in the Com mand line area Press lt Enter gt The Merge Coincident Nodes dialog box appears Merge Coincident Nodes Coincidence Tolerance E m Cancel Help Highlight the current value in the Coincidence Tolerance field and type 01 Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmati
31. a C Use List E 14 Click on the arrow next to the Sub model field and select Board from the pulldown menu Tutorials 10 45 Circuit Board Example Continued 15 Click on the Contact tab When finished the model should look The Contact information appears similar to the drawing below Notice the l half cylinder along the x axis shows that e contact resistance has been applied along Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Generate contact conductors to adjacent surfaces for th at surfac eC Top Bottom M Top Out Side Bottom In Side Generate area contact at s Edges l AlongY atx 0 F Along at max Along Y at Xmax Along atY 0 16 In the Edges field click in the box next to Along X at Y 0 to display a check mark Figure 10 13 Board on aluminum plate 17 Highlight the current value in the W in K field and type 9 18 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 10 46 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued 1 Click on the newly created circuit Change the color of the circuit board board to select it The default color current color of the an circuit board is the color of the current layer The color is being overridden to change the circuit board to green or type Properties in the Com mand line The Properties window for the circuit board a rectangle is displayed
32. metric or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt Edit Current Dataset The Set HR Dataset Properties dialog box appears Set HR Dataset Properties Select an orbit position tine Sources lw Solar lf Albedo W Planetshine Type f Total Absorbed C Direct Incident C Number of raps t Time Avg Total Abs f Direct Absorbed 0 Reflected Absorbed W Divide by area Comment HA Database estermal_pr beta90 AcOptics rch Description Cancel Help Click in the check box next to Solar to deselect it remove check mark from the box Click in the check box next to Albedo to deselect it remove check mark from the box Make sure Planetshine ts selected check mark in the box Click on the Type Total Absorbed radio button to select it place check mark in the box if not already selected Select OK Look at some of the other heating rate data Pressing the lt Enter gt key will recall the last command which will bring up the postprocessing set editing dialog box again 11 115 Orbital Heating Rates Continued I Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu Shoot some more rays for just planetshine lations gt Set Radiation Analysis calculations Data A dialog will appear to confirm the analy The Radiation Analysis Data dialog sis group orbit and optical property file box appears Another dialog will appear allowing the existing database to be appended or to ontrol Advanced Control
33. per from the pulldown menu 17 Click on the arrow next to the Wall Node field and select Diffusion from the pulldown menu 12 43 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 18 Click on the arrow next to the Pipe Type field and select Seamless Copper Pipe ASTM B42 66 from the pulldown menu 19 Click on the arrow next to the Sched ule field and select XS from the pull down menu 20 Confirm that 0 125 is displayed in the Nominal Size field 21 Select OK to close the RcPipe Edit Form dialog box 12 44 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 22 Select the vertical pipe just created to highlight it Note Make sure the entire pipe is selected and not just a single lump etc For best results pick the pipe ID 2 near the top of the pipe The 2 may be hard to see Oy or Modify gt Copy Specify base point or displacement or Multiple appears in the Command line area Type m into the Command line Note Remember to press lt Enter gt after entering a command in the Command line Specify base point appears in the Command line area Select the lump in the 1A green circle Specify second point of displacement or lt use first point as displacement gt appears in the Command line area Select the lump in the 1B green circle Specify second point of displacement or lt use first point as displacement gt appears in the Command line area 27 Select the l
34. play Preferences The Orbit Display Preferences dialog box appears Orbit Display Preferences Visibility Size Colors Shadow Grid C Shadow Cone Solar Vector Celestial Coordinate System Planet Orbit Path Heading Line Orbit Plane Orbit Positions Figure 11 19 Focal Coordinate System Click on Planet to deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select OK 11 42 tion is working properly in the shade View of Model Only RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation The geometry will move to the next posi tion in the orbit Notice that the bottom solar array stays perpendicular to the sun while the top array does not because it 1s 2 Press lt Enter gt not attached to the articulator L or Thermal gt Orbit gt View Vehicle gt Next Position Figure 11 20 View Orbit Next Position Use the right mouse button or lt Enter gt to step all the way around the orbit Figure 11 21 View Orbit Next Position This example lines up the solar arrays for maximum solar flux only if the beta angle 1s set to zero Now go back and add a second axis of rotation so that the solar arrays will line up inde pendent of beta angle The orientation of the current tracker will be changed so that it will account for the beta angle A second tracker will then be added that will account for the movement around the planet The original tracker will be attached
35. Edit Active Side C Top Out C Bottomeln Both f None C Not in analysis group Cancel 9 Select the Bottom In radio button 10 Select OK to close the Edit Active Side dialog box dialog box The Radiation tab information is dis played with Internal bottom in high lighted in the Analysis Group Active Side field Click on the arrow next to the Top Out Side Optical Property field and select Kapton Film 5 mil Alum from the pulldown menu Click on the arrow next to the Bottom In Side Optical Property field and select Graphite Epoxy Bare from the pulldown menu 13 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 65 Satellite Continued or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Polygon Enter first point or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 5 Enter point number 2 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 6 Enter point number 3 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 8 Enter point number 4 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 7 Enter point number 5 or return to end appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select OK to close the dialog box 11 66 Make a polygon surface The Top side is defined as the normal genera
36. Length field and select in inches from the pulldown menu Select OK to close the User Prefer ences dialog box 10 40 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Rectangle Command _RcRectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 2 Type 0 0 in the Command line Note Remember to press lt Enter gt after typing in a command Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 3 Type 6 0 in the Command line Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 4 Type 0 3 in the Command line The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Thermal Model Data Click on the Subdivision tab if not already displayed Leave Centered Nodes selected Highlight the current value in the X direction Equal field and type 6 Highlight the current value in the y direction Equal field and type 3 Tutorials Input the appropriate data to make the aluminum plate with the proper nodaliza tion A rectangle will be created for the aluminum plate 10 41 Circuit Board Example Continued 9 Click on the Cond Cap tab New information is displayed Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot M Generate Nodes and Conductors Cond Submodel MAIN Gen Nodes Based on material property Mat
37. MODEL Figure 10 2 Properties Windaw 6 Close the Properties window The Properties window will be dis cussed later in the tutorials Tutorials amp Thermal Desktop Thermal Desktop 4 7 Patch 41 File Edit view Insert Format Tools Draw Dimension Modify Window IGES STEP Thermal Help Dae a ellam A mi 42 Drawing1 dwe A PMRRYLO Fy d o e 6 5 E3 oO eS 7 6 m Ba Anuso Command 5 9389 8 5133 0 0000 v O ByLayer 7K gla g Oa SNAP GRID ORTHO POLAR OSNAP OTRACK LWT MODEL Qera ReaL Figure 10 3 Screen without Properties Window MTL LEO NMEAKRMMMB ee ett SBAXHB xauevet Sad ue ae w BAT Ra See eS OMG RAER KKSXRERS 2 BB 10 9 User Interface Continued 1 Select Thermal gt About Thermal If the Thermal pulldown does not exist Desktop then the menus have not been installed properly This can be fixed by executing Start gt Programs gt Thermal Desktop gt User Menu Setup Note A dialog box may appear in structing the user to set a profile The profile controls how the user in terface looks For those users the Thermal Desktop ver sion without CAD a Profile dialog box This dialog b ill not fi IS dialog DOX WI not appear tor may appear A profile controls how the users that have Thermal Desktop with CAD built in menus come up on the screen Advanced users may want to set up different profiles e Click Yes if th
38. Note A layer other than layers 0 and ASHADE may be renamed by clicking the layer name twice to se lect it and typing in the new name Next to the layer names are two columns with icons underneath the column head ings e On e Freeze in all VP Note VP is an abbreviation for viewport These icons control whether or not objects residing on a layer are displayed or not If either the On or Freeze in all VP icons are off blue then the objects will not be seen graphically If the Freeze in all VP icon is blue then the object won t be included when ALL is entered at the select prompt While this is very subtle it can explain why the ZOOM ALL com mand may not fit the model properly in the window _ _ When the Layer Properties Manager is closed note the objects within the graphi cal screen have changed to red 3Totallayers 3 Layers displayed 8 Select OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager Tutorials 10 29 Layers Continued Bee 9 or Tools gt Properties or type properties in the Command area or press lt Ctrl gt lt 1 gt Properties C Documents and Settings S x Mo selection ew W ei Categorized Alphabetic Color E ByLayer Layer Oo Linetype Linebype scale Lineweight Thickness Eg Plot style Plot style Plot style table Mone Plot table attached to ByLayer 1 0000 ByLayer 0 0000 g Misc UTS icon on Yes UCS icon
39. Off The model reverts back to the previous wireframe view or Thermal gt Case Set Man ager The Case Set Manager dialog box appears Case Set Manager Case Sets me eee Copy Rename Delete Move Up Move Down Edit C Save drawing before running C Run with lower system priority Duplicate Nodes Prompt if Found 10 Select Edit The Case Set Information dialog box appears Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method g Options Re use calculated data if valid otherwise recalculate Coe Properties O Recalculate data cure nt database will be replaced Add Change Tasks Radks Analysis Group BASE Orbit Add rays to database if possible otherwise recalculate accuracy of current database will be refined oO Always reuse data no testing Method Monte Carlo O Progressive performed The Case Set Manager changes the view from the geometric model to temperatures with the click of a button The default process is to run a steady state case but a transient run is what 1s needed here 10 85 Beer Can Example Continued 11 Select the SIF Calculations tab Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments SINDA Model Option
40. Rename Symbol Groups gt Add 2 Type xbox in the New Symbol Name field and select Add The Expression Editor dialog box appears Expression Editor Description _ Array Group general v Type 0 1 in the main input field and select OK to close the dialog box The New Symbol Manager dialog box updates to display xbox in the main general list area 10 162 Create symbols for the box and the cylin der to set up to parameterize the location of the box and cylinder Notice that much of the model is already parameterized Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 4 Repeat the process to create symbols for the following e YBOX 0 1 e XCYL 0 45 e YCYL 0 15 Symbol Manager New Symbol Name ycyl general Edit name evaluated result expression comment emis 0 9 0 9 hbond 1000 1000 contact conductancell hbox 0 05 0 05 box height Delete heyl 0 1 0 10 cylinder height kbox 165 165 bos K key 165 165 Cylinder K Purge kplate 165 165 Plate K lbox 0 075 0 075 box length Iplate 0 3 0 3 plate length Import pi 3 14159 3 141592653589793 powbox 15 15 powcyl 30 tcyl 0 03 cylinder radius tbox 0 005 i box thickness teyl 0 005 cylinder thickness Help tplate 0 005 f plate thickness tsink 250 wbox 0 1 box width wplate 0 6 xbox 0 1 xcyl 0 45 ybox 0 1 ycyl Rename Export Symbol Groups gt 5 Select Done to close the dialog box 10 163 Dynamic SINDA Examp
41. Select YES to perform these changes on all edited objects Select NO to cancel this edit Yes No 18 Select Yes to close the dialog box 1 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools This part of the exercise resequences the gt Resequence IDs node IDs Select entity s for Node ID Rese quencing appears in the Command line area 2 Type all in the Command line Select entity s for Node ID Rese quencing appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt 10 116 Finite Element Example Continued The Resequencing Node IDs dialog box appears Resequence Node IDs Resequence nodes in Submodel MAIN Ww Starting node number Mode number increment Add increment to existing node number 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 300 nodes were changed appears in the Command line area L or Thermal gt Case Set Man ager The Case Set Manager dialog box appears Case Set Manager Manage Add Import Rename Delete Move Up Move Down Edit Save drawing before running Run Case M Run with lower system priority Duplicate Nodes Prompt if Found Cancel Help 2 Click on Edit Copy Export z The primary purpose of the Case Set Man ager is to allow the user to set up different thermal analyses cases and to have the cal culations made from doing radiation cal culations to creating and running the SINDA model to postprocessing te
42. Set Current New Details BATTERY BATTERY2 BODY BUS GIMBALS XLINK L_ Cancel Help Select XLINK to highlight it Select Set Current Select OK 11 52 Figure 11 33 Model Rotated Restore a previously defined view Be sure to hit the Set Current button The model should look similar to Figure 11 34 Figure 11 34 XLINK View Satellite Continued or Thermal gt Surfaces gt Cone Pick or enter point for base of cone lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Move the cursor to the center of the circle with the label 1 until the center point snap icon becomes visible a small yellow circle at the center of the green circle and click the eft mouse button Pick or enter point for top of cone lt 0 0 1 gt appears in the Command line area Move the cursor to the center of the circle with the label 2 until the center point snap icon becomes visible and click the left mouse button Enter base radius or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Move the mouse to label 1 until the quadrant snap icon becomes visible a small yellow diamond and click the left mouse button Note For information about find ing a quadrant see important note to the right Enter top radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Move the mouse to label 2 until the quadrant snap icon becomes visible and c
43. Yellow D Green O Cyan E Ele D Magenta A white E Other If changing an object s color using the Color pulldown menu shown above and in Figure 10 4 while no objects are selected then the color selected will become the default color for newly created objects If an object s color is changed using the Color pulldown menu when one or more objects are selected the selected items will be assigned the newly selected color All colors that are assigned to objects will be overridden by Thermal Desktop when post processing of data or Display Active Sides is performed 15 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and respond no A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog when prompted to save the drawing box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 16 Select NO 10 32 Tutorials 10 2 Setting Up a Template Drawing A template is something that can be used as a pattern for future projects In Thermal Desktop a template drawing file can be created and used as a foundation for creating new Thermal Desktop drawings When creating a template it is important to consider how the template will be used if the template will be used by only one user or by more than one what preferences should be associated with the template and other such considerations In this tutorial a template drawing file file extension dwg will be created The template will be used in some of the upcoming tutorials and may be used as a permanent template
44. appears in the should look similar to the view below Command line area 2 Hold down the lt Shift gt key and click the right mouse button fo display the right mouse popup menu 3 Select Center Enter origin of tracker _cen of appears in the Command line area Z 4 Click in on the left most posi ap tioned circle as directed by the Figure 11 26 Second Tracker Created arrow shown earlier in Figure 11 15 Notice as the cursor moves over the circles a yellow circle appears The Single Axis Tracker dialog box appears 5 Highlight the current value in the Dis play Size field and type 1 5 Single Axis Tracker Working Mode fe Always Nadir C In Sun Only C Star C In Shade Only Right Ascension C Between Anomalies deg Declination Start End degrees Size 1 5 m degrees Cancel Help 6 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 46 RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation or View gt Zoom gt Extents e type Zoom in the Command line and press lt Enter gt e type extents in the Command line and press lt Enter gt Figure 11 27 Model After Second Tracker Attach the smaller articulator to the larger or Thermal gt Articulators gt Attach Geometry Select an articulator appears in the Command line area Click on the new larger articulator to select it Select objects to attach to articula tor appears in the Comma
45. holding down the lt Shift gt key to select the second rectangle 5 Using the Model Browser menu click on Display gt Turn Visibility Off 6 Select PLATE in the list do not expand this tree 7 Using the Model Browser menu click on Display gt Turn Visibility On 8 Close the Model Browser 12 73 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Set SINDA FLUINT to use its standard US Customary English units or Thermal gt Preferences Note Units need only be defined The User Preferences dialog box when a fluid submodel is used appears Select the Units tab Select ENG in the Output Units for SINDA FLUINT Models field display a dot in the radio button 4 Select OK 12 74 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Fluid Modeling gt Submodel Manager The FLUINT Submodel Manager dia log box appears FLUINT Submodel Manager Form fx Add Rename Purge Set Default Froperties 2 Select Properties The Fluid Submodel Properties dialog box appears Fluid Submodel Properties Define Fluid Network ID s Fluid Used in Submodel WATER Water A 3 Select Edit Specify the user defined water glycol file as the working fluid This file already exists in the drawing directory but the fluid must be named consistently fluid ID 9050 and point to this file 12 75 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The Fluid Edit dialog box appears
46. how they are arrived at The oct tree breaks the model into smaller regions and limits the amount of intersection tests performed Every model has an optimal number of Max oct tree subdivisions and Max surfaces per cell that will calculate the radiation job the fastest C amp R has found that the subdivisions parameter affects the results much more drastically than the surfaces per cell Some models will run 10 times faster by changing the subdivision setting In other models the subdivision setting does not effect the cpu times Some models may run fastest with subdivisions equal to five while others may require subdivisions equal to 9 In conclu sion the user should run test cases to find the optimal parameters RadCad Tutorials 11 25 Space Station Oct Tree Example 1 Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu The Optimize Cells command allows the lations gt Optimize Cells user to enter a range of values and then a timing test will be performed to find opti The Optimize Cells dialog b Sag ene gece eran ee mum subdivisions and surfaces per cell appears It is important that the amount of time TRER required for each test is substantial enough ae to see true run time changes and not just To CPU or operating system effects Ideally each setting should run for at least 30 sec Vary the Surfaces Per Cel onds of CPU time This can be controlled i by the number of rays shot per run Optimize Cells To eee 14 Note Press
47. like this Select Upsteam Entity for Area Calcu lation Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Select the new path to highlight it or Thermal gt Edit Figure 12 38 STube 12 62 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The Tube Edit Form dialog box appears Tube Edit Form Submodel WATER Id 101 E Twinned Path Path Type S Tube Loss Coefficient FK 0 FK Calculator Comment Area Diameter Selection Advanced Options Select Shape Time Dependent TUBE User Specified Time Independent STUBE Hydraulic Diameter 0 Additional Input User Specified 0 Flow Area Lenath Distance between lumps User Input 7 Highlight the current value in the User Specified Hydraulic Diameter field and type 0 2 8 Click on User Specified Flow Area to deselect it remove the check mark from the check box and deacti vate the input field Note This results in the STube be ing circular 9 Click on User Input in the Length field to select it place a dot in the radio button 10 Highlight the current value in the newly activated User Input input field and type 12 12 63 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Note When User Input is selected Distance between lumps is deselect ed Tube Edit Form Submodel WATER Id 101 E Twinned Path Path Type S Tube w Loss Coefficient FK 0 FK Calculator
48. lt F2 gt to view calcula tions progress Number of Rays 250 Highlight the current value in the Vary subdivisions From field and type 6 Highlight the current value in the Vary subdivisions To field and type 9 if the value is different Highlight the current value in the Vary Surfaces Per Cell From field and type 8 if the value is different Highlight the current value in the Vary Surfaces Per Cell To field and type 8 Highlight the current value in the Number of rays field and type 500 Optimize Cells Vary the Subdivisions From To Vary the Surfaces Per Cell From 8 To Ee Increment 1 Number of Rays 7 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 26 RadCad Tutorials Space Station Oct Tree Example A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box asking for confirmation to con tinue appears Select OK Press lt F2 gt to view test progress and results Close the text window when finished reviewing RadCad Tutorials 11 27 Space Station Oct Tree Example Select Thermal gt PostProcessing gt Manage Datasets The Postprocessing Datasets dialog box appears Postprocessing Datasets Current Data Set Add New Set Current Delete Rename Edit Comment 2 Select Add New The Data Set Source Selection dialog box appears Data Set Source Selection Postprocessing set name Data Source SindaFluint O Radks Test File Form Factors Test Transient F
49. rial field and select Aluminum from the pulldown menu Select OK to close the dialog box 10 98 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select the new quad element This part of the exercise uses the Array gt Select Modify gt Arrav command to create a 4x3 grid of quad ele Ea y y ments When completed the model The Array dialog box appears should look similar to the view below Ch Select objects 1 objects selected E Rows f4 M Columns 4 Offset distance and direction Row offset 1 0000 ry hl Column offset 1 0000 EN Angle of array 0 l 37 By default if the row offset is negative ows are added downward If the column offset is negative columns are Tip added to the left Figure 10 39 Array of Quad Elements Select Rectangular Array if not already selected display a dot in the circle Highlight the current value in the Rows field and type 4 if a different value is displayed Highlight the current value in the Col umns field and type 3 Highlight the current value in the Row Offset field and type 1 if a different value is displayed Highlight the current value in the Col umn Offset field and type 1 if a differ ent value is displayed Note The Row Offset and Column Offset fields display as 1 0000 Select OK to close the dialog box or View gt Zoom gt Extents 10 99 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Model Checks gt Show Free Edges
50. 0 01 Click on Use Material to select it place a check mark in the box The Use Material input field activates Select ThermalGrease from the Use Material pulldown menu Highlight the current value in the Tol erance field and type 0 04 Press OK to close the Contactor dia log box 12 93 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued Repeat the same process for the top plate or Thermal gt FD FEM Net This time changing the surface of the work gt Contactor plate to be the bottom Select from objects appears in the Command line area 66 Select the top plate as from sur face Select from objects appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area Select the heatpipe as to surface Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Contactor dialog box appears Click on the arrow next to the Conduc tor Submodel field and select Top from the pulldown menu Insure Faces is selected in the Con tract From field Highlight the current value in the Conduction Coefficient field and type 0 01 Click on Use Material to select it place a check mark in the box The Use Material input field activates Select ThermalGrease from the Use Material pulldown menu Highlight the current value in the Tol erance field and type 0 04 Double click on the Rectangle in the From field
51. 6 Select View gt Named Views The model should look similar to Figure The View dialog box appears 11 45 shown below a Named Views Orthographic amp Isometric Views Current View Current Set Curent nrf a Curent Model New BATTERY BATTERY2 Details BODY BUS GIMBALS XLINK Cancel Help Select BODY to highlight it Select Set Current Select OK Figure 11 45 BODY View 11 71 Satellite Continued Select Modify gt Copy Copy the base plate surfaces to the top of Select objects appears in the Com the spacecraft mand line area When complete the drawing area should Select the 7 polygons from the base look similar to the view below plate easiest to pick dotted lines or use Fence option Select objects appears in the Com mand line area Press lt Enter gt Specify base point or displacement or Multiple appears in the Command line area Figure 11 46 Base Plate Surface Copied Click on the snap point near label eA a Specify second point of displacement or lt use first point as displacement gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label ng Note Notice that as the cursor moves a rubberband line is an chored to label I along with a copy gt of the selected polygons 11 72 Satellite Continued Select Modify gt 3D Operation gt Rotate 3D Select objects appears in the Com mand line area Select the
52. 7T polygons at the top of the model the copy the top side Select objects appears in the Com mand line area Press lt Enter gt Object Last View Xaxis Yaxis Zaxis 2 points appears in the Command line area Type 2 in the Command line Specify first point on axis appears in the Command line area Click on the midpoint snap near label 9 Specify second point on axis appears in the Command line area Click on the center of the top side lt Rotation angle gt or Reference appears in the Command line area Type 180 in the Command line Select the surfaces just moved to the top of the spacecraft the top side 7 polygons or type Properties in the Com mand line Flip the surfaces so that the analysis groups and properties are correct regard ing the inside and outside of the space craft Note The fence f option to select the surfaces might come in handy If something gets messed up use lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt to undo the action Only a line to rotate about needs to be defined so the exact points are not critical Show active sides to see if the rotation 1s correct Change the top surfaces from the COM layer to the BUS layer Use the Itscale command to adjust the line spacing to show the dotted nodal center lines if desired 11 73 Satellite Continued The Properties window appears on the right side of the screen Zoom Window RCMESHFD 7 iw BET
53. BASE default Rename the BASE group External It will be the default group The default analysis group will be used for calculation post processing operations The Radiation Analysis Group Man ager dialog box appears Click on Base default to highlight it Select Rename The Rename Analysis Group dialog box appears Rename Analysis Group Update surfaces in analysis group BASE To be in analysis group Cancel Help Type External in the To be in analy sis group field Select OK to close the Rename Analy sis Group dialog box The Radiation Analysis Group Man ager dialog box reappears with Exter nal displayed in the analysis group list field Select OK to close the dialog box 11 57 Satellite Continued Select the cone disk and the cylin Analysis groups can be defined ahead of der by drawing a box from right to time and set as the default or surfaces left that intersects all the sur may be added to an analysis group after faces or by holding down the they have been created lt Shift gt key and clicking on each sur Update the optical properties for the outer EOS EE sides of all three surfaces or Thermal gt Edit The Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Edit Mode dialog box appears Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Edit Mode Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment Centered Nodes C Edge Nodes V Use same ID s on both sides Both
54. BASE is updated in the Thermal Model 2 Click on the newly created surface Data dialog box to show that it is now top plate active on the bottom side Select Objects or Indiv appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Radiation tab dis played and the thermal model infor mation that is assigned to the upper surface Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Analysis Group Name Active Side BASE _top out Top Out Side Optical Property White Paint v Bottom In Side Optical Property White Paint v Select BASE top out if not already selected Select Edit The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Note Double clicking on BASE top out also displays the Edit Active Side dialog box Select Bottom In to place a dot in the circle Select OK to close the dialog box The Thermal Model Data dialog box returns with BASE bottom in dis played RadCad Tutorials 11 9 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued 8 Click on the Numbering tab Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Use same ID s on both sides Both Sides Not Used Submodel MAIN Use Stat ID 1 O Use List 9 Highlight the current value in the Use Start ID field and type 2 10 Select OK to close the dialog box
55. CALL REGTAB Cancel 39 Select OK to close the dialog box This is FORTRAN code so all the output must go to begin at Column 7 For information on these Subroutine calls please see Subroutine Calls from SINDA to Thermal Desktop on page 6 18 For SOLVER Procedure input use the following data CALL TDSETDES CALL TDCASE CALL STEADY OBJECT TPLATE CALL TDOBJ CALL REGTAB 10 183 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued The Case Set Information dialog box Save the drawing and the run the case is visible An asterisk is displayed next to Procedure in the Solver Data field to show the variables have been changed As the model runs notice the box and cylinder move around the drawing area Once postprocessed the commands will quickly follow to move the box and cylin Select OK to close the Case Set Infor der thus making a hot spot on the board mation dialog box and return to the when the object is no longer in that loca Case Set Manager dialog box tion 41 Select Save drawing before run ning to place a check mark in the box 42 Select Run Case Look at the output The best solution is found at the end of the file The temperature may be slightly greater than the maximum constraint input but it 1s within the con straint violation control parameter Solver Control gt Advanced tab Figure 10 79 Solution 43 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desk
56. Click on the SIF Calculations tab Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments SINDA Model Options Solution Type V Generate Cond Cap File V Steady State case0 cc Transient Fw DBCK MV Build SINDA Input File caseU inp Parametric Edit iV Run SINDA Model Convergence Criteria V Post Process SINDA Save File Max Iterations NLOOPS NLOOPT 1000 V Generate Log File Max Temperature Change DRLXCA ARLXCA 0 01 case0 log System Level Energy Balance EBALSA 0 01 Nodal Level Energy Balance EBALNA 0 Cancel Help Steady State in the Solution Type field is already selected Select OK to close the dialog box and return to the Case Set Manager dialog box 5 Click on Run Case 10 127 Mapping Example Continued The solution is processed When complete the data displays on the screen along with a SINDA FLUINT Run Status dialog box confirming successful completion of the run 6 Click on OK to close the dialog box Node 529 2 529 2 505 6 340 4 316 8 293 1 lt 293 1 Temperature K Time 0 sec Figure 10 50 Solution 10 128 Mapping Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Export gt Map The stress analyst has added a more Data to NASTRAN Model detailed model titled fine _quad nas and The Map Data to External Model dia needs the temperatures for the nodes in log
57. Finite Element Example Continued This part of the exercise creates 4 nodes or Thermal gt FD Network gt When finished the model should look Node similar to the example below Enter location of node appears in the Command line area Type 0 0 in the Command line The first node is created at the origin or Thermal gt FD Network gt Node Enter location of node appears in the Command line area Figure 10 36 Newly Created Nodes Type 1 0 in the Command line The second node 1s created or Thermal gt FD Network gt Node Enter location of node appears in the Command line area Type 1 1 in the Command line The third node is created or Thermal gt FD Network gt Node Enter location of node appears in the Command line area Type 0 1 in the Command line The fourth node 1s created or View gt Zoom gt Extents 10 96 Finite Element Example Continued A quad element is being created from the L or Thermal gt FD Fem Net ur new nodes work gt Element The order in which the nodes are picked is extremely important Refer to Select Objects appears in the Com the drawing below to select the nodes mand line area 2 Select node 1 the node at the axis of The order follows the right hand rule to he UCS con determine which side is up For example picking the nodes in the order 1 2 4 3 Select Objects appears in the Com would produce a quad where the diago mand lin
58. Isolines always on top l Discard back faces v Adaptive degradation To maintain speed degrade to the following rendering modes Flat shaded W Wireframe M Bounding box Maintain speed f FPS Dynamic tessellation Surface tessellatian I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Low detail High detail eee see Less memory More memory Software Curve tessellation Hardware Doo o oo u a Driver wopendgl Adi Browse Low detail High detail Less memory More memory M Use geometry acceleration single precision Number of tessellations to cache fi M Enable anti aliasing lines Cancel Help Figure 13 1 3D Graphics System Configuration Dialog 13 2 1 Dynamic Tessellation The second option is Dynamic Tessellation If you have this option on it is highly recommended that the Number of tessellations to cache be set to 1 Setting this value to a number higher than one will increase the memory used but may also cause Thermal Desktop entities to not be the correct color when the view changes The two slider bars control a couple of items in the display of surfaces As the slider bars are farther to the right a curved surface will use more facets to draw the curve making a more realistic image at the expense of memory and maybe wall clock speed A lower value might cause a circle to look more like an octagon because of the smaller number of facets used Thi
59. Once this tutorial is complet ed go back and switch the junctions to tanks in all pipes and see if it makes any difference in the results Such modeling choices tanks vs junc tions tubes vs STubes arithmetic nodes vs diffusion nodes etc must be revis ited in each case The dissipation power will also be applied to this inlet tank and its tempera ture will be monitored to determine when the limit has been hit The logic to termi nate the run has already been added to FLOGIC 2 of the fluid submodel WATER but this tank must be named 999 to match that preexisting logic As long as the tank ID and the logic match any ID could have been used Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 5 Click on the arrow next to the Energy field and select J joules from the pulldown menu 6 Click on the arrow for the field located to the right of the Insert button and select Power from the pulldown menu Note Power is a predefined sym bol 7 Click on the Insert button Power is displayed in the Expression field C Output Expression To SINDA C Disable Warnings for this Expression 8 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box and return to the Lump Edit Form dialog box The Heatload field now displays 0 0947817 in bold type The use of bold type signifies an underlying expression 12 53 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Lump Edit Form FLOW 999 0 0947817 calculated by p
60. Options Reuse property names with same values Create new property for each surface Convert MODPR calls Resolution for ogive torus spheroids Regular Figure 11 11 Imported TRASYS Model C Only build BCS s that are on the build card g Remove pre existing correspondence for submodels in the imported TRASYS model Ca Click on the arrow to the right of the Input File field and select TMG3 INP from the pulldown menu Leave Regular selected in the Reso lution for ogive torus spheroids field Select OK to close the dialog box Invoke the Layer Property Manager or type Layer in the Command line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears Note Format gt Layer will also dis play the Layer Properties Manager dialog box RadCad Tutorials 11 33 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation The Layer Properties Manager dialog box is shown below in Figure 11 12 All newly created entities are placed on the current active layer Click the lightbulb icon in the On column to toggle layer visibility on and off A layer that is turned Off is not visible on the screen Click on the sun snowflake icon in the Freeze column to freeze or thaw a layer It is best to freeze a layer along with turn ing it off and thaw it when turning it back on The display list is not regenerated for frozen layers The lock icon can be used to pre vent modification to any object that is on the locked laye
61. Select Do Not Expand Nodes For the speed up turn off Auto Update Auto Select and turn on Do Not Expand Nodes Auto Select is the algorithm that determines what is selected When it is on the program will determine the selection set every time the user makes a selection in the tree When it is off the program will only determine the selection set when a command is issued The Do Not Expand Nodes options only effects the generation of the Submodel Id tree Only the node names are in the tree the objects are not thus making the tree build significantly faster The user can still edit objects in the model but cannot specifically pick on them in the tree 13 8 Working with External References AutoCAD has an External Reference Manager command XREF that allows a model to load data from a second dwg file The externally referenced drawing file is then part of the current drawing but cannot be changed in the current drawing This capability allows the user to build their models in pieces and then have them assembled in a master model Note that this capability is defaulted to off The user must turn on Loading of External References from the Thermal gt User Preferences Advanced Page in order for Thermal Desktop to load this modeling information When a drawing is externally referenced only items that have graphical entities are loaded into the master model This means that the following informati
62. Selected grip color E Red Pickbox Size Grip Size i _ i Cancel Figure 10 6 Options Selection Tab Grip points provide an easy form of editing an object 10 16 Tutorials Grip Points Continued 1 Ifnot already opened launch Thermal Desktop and create a rectangle as shown in the previous tutorial See Section 10 1 3 2 Select the rectangle by positioning the cursor on one of the solid lines making up the rectangle and clicking the mouse The solid lines change to dashed lines and grip points appear at various points on the rectangle 3 Position the cursor over one of the grip points A tool tip associated with the grip point appears As shown in Figure 10 5 the tool tip at the end of the X axis of the rectangle Stretch X Length instructs the user that the grip point associated with that tool tip can be used to modify the X length the rectangle 4 Click on the grip point referenced above The grip point changes color and the tool tip Endpoint is displayed Move the cursor to anew point and click the mouse button 6 View the change to the rectangle Select lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt key to cancel the operation The rectangle returns to its previous dimensions and is deselected no longer high lighted Note The lt Esc gt key can also be used to deselect an object 8 Position the cursor on the other grip points on the rectangle to view the tool tip messages Tutorials 10 17 10 1 4
63. Selecting Objects The selection of objects is probably the most difficult new things to learn when working with a CAD program and this section introduces the user to some basic selection concepts Selecting Objects There are two types of selection pre selection and post selection Pre selection means one or more objects are selected and then a command such as Thermal gt Edit or Modify gt Copy is issued Post selection means a command 1s issued and then one or more objects are selected The cursor changes shape box and waits for the user to select the object s to be affected and click the right mouse button Post selection only works if nothing is selected when the command is issued The easiest way to make sure nothing is selected before you issue a command is to press the lt Esc gt key Pressing lt Esc gt resets the selection set to empty In AutoCAD 2000 the lt Esc gt must be selected twice The cursor appears as crosshairs with a square box called a pick box in the middle of the cursor Figure 10 7 When selecting an object position the cursor over the object to be selected The item positioned within the pick box is the object that will be selected when the mouse is clicked In the left most graphic in Figure 10 7 the pick box includes the solid line of a rectangle When the cursor is paused over an object the tool tip associated with the object displays what is being selected The tool tip shows the type of o
64. Sides Submodel MAIN v Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment Analysis Group Name Active Side External both Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT External both is highlighted in the Analysis Group Active Side field 4 Select Edit 11 58 Satellite Continued The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Edit Active Side Top Out Bottom ln Both None will reflect and absorb energy Not in analysis group Not part of the calculations Select the Top Out radio button Select OK to close the Edit Active Side dialog box dialog box The Radiation tab information is dis played with External top out high lighted in the Analysis Group Active Side field Click on the arrow next to the Top Out Side Optical Property field and select Kapton Film 5 mil Alum from the pulldown menu Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the changes Select Yes 10 Select File gt Save Always a good idea to save often 11 59 Satellite Continued 1 Select the cone disk and the cylin Copy the geometry just created to two der other locations on the base plate When 2 Select Modify gt Array finished the model should look similar to Figure 11 37 The Array dialog box appears Rectangular Array Polar
65. The components are connected to the plate via contact conductance Please reference Section 5 of the SINDA FLUINT manual for a detailed documentation of the Advanced Design Modules such as the SINDA Solver The exercise consists of three parts or steps e Step 1 Parameterizes the locations of the box and the cylinder so that their best loca tion can be found by the SOLVER interface e Step 2 Sets up the problem in the Case Set Manager e Step 3 Solves the problem This problem took approximately 10 minutes to solve on a 1 5 GHz P4 1 Double click on the file dynamic dwg located in the Tutorials Dynamic folder Thermal Desktop opens with the dynamic drawing on the screen Figure 10 72 Dynamic SINDA Initial View Take a few moments to examine the model There are several layers Notice that the cylinder and the box are currently on top of each other at the origin Also notice the heat loads on the top of the cylinder and on a node on the box Finally notice that a space node has been created for radiation to the environment 10 161 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Symbol Man ager The Symbol Manager dialog box appears Symbol Manager New Symbol Name ny general name evaluated result expression comment 0 9 Rename contact conductance box height Delete cylinder height box K cylinder radius box thickness cylinder thickness plate thickness box width wplate
66. The contactor appears as two lines con necting the heat pipe to each object the disk at its center the plate at its origin FloCad Tutorials Heat Pipe Example Continued Click on the arrow next to the Conduc tor Submodel field and select HEAT PIPE from the pulldown menu Click on the arrow next to the Contact From field and select Edges from the pulldown menu Highlight the current value in the Conductor Coefficient field and type 1 Highlight the current value in the Tol erance field and type 0 5 Double click pipe object in the From ist The Select Edges dialog box appears Select Edges Not Used C Along Pipe Length a 11 Click on Not Used to deselect it remove the check mark from the checkbox and click on Along Pipe Length o select it display a check mark in the check box 12 Select OK to close the Select Edges dialog box 13 Select OK to close the Conductor dia log box FloCad Tutorials 12 29 Heat Pipe Example Continued or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab User Preferences Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options TD RC Nodes Lumps Conductors User Defined Nodes Paths Contactors Ties Contact Conductance Finite Bement Nodal s v v Bardais Pipes Heat Loads Heaters Pressures anaoun m w a Nodal Boundaries In
67. Thermal gt Fluid Model between the fluid submodel and the thermal submodel using a tie The lumps and path sets are both selected Select the lumps to be tied to appears using a left to right box thick line in the Command line area shown below ing gt Tie to Surface 2 Select lumps 3 to 7 by using a left Note that the heat transfer coefficient to right selection box as shown to the willbe computed by SINDA FLUINT right with the heavy line since there is a selected a path set Select the lumps to be tied to appears in the Command line area r 3 Press lt Enter gt a e nee zalkea me a p gt 4 l 4 Select the surfaces for the tie or LEft E EN PAIE er eee en ee ae right appears in the Command line area 3 3 4 Type g in the Command line mae gt Enter group name appears in the T Command line area 5 Type right in the Command line Figure 12 12 Selecting lumps Select the surfaces for the tie or LEft right appears in the Command line area 6 Press lt Enter gt Select the paths to be tied to None for user specified HTC appears in the Command line area oe a rale DN TAA 7 Select paths between lumps 3 St and 7 by using a left to right selec rei l NFO lH ke tion box as shown to the right with the o Chane Ea heavy line A Rl w
68. Thermal gt Import gt NAS The next step imports the fine _quad NAS TRAN file into the fine drawing When the The FE Model Units dialog box import process is complete the model of should be similar to the drawing below appears Read the contents and select OK to close the dialog box The FE Model Options dialog box appears Highlight the current value in the Sub model field and type NASTRAN FE Model Import Options Figure 10 51 Imported Drawing Import FE model as a thermal model Import FE model as graphics only Submodel NASTRAN w Convert Thermal Boundary Conditions Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation to add NASTRAN to the submodel list Thermal Desktop A 4re you sure you want to add submodel NASTRAN to the submodel list Yes Mo 5 Select Yes The Open dialog box appears Browse and select fine_quad NAS to display the file the File name field Note Hint Type the letter f into the File name field and then click on the associated arrow Select Open to import the file and close the Open dialog box 10 132 Mapping Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Post Processing gt Manage Datasets The Postprocessing Datasets dialog box appears Postprocessing Datasets Current Data Set Add New Set Current Delete Rename Edit Comment 2 Select Add New The Data Set Source Selecti
69. Top ad Elem 753 Top To Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu Qu 6 Select OK to close the dialog box I Select the new conductor Turn off the conductor visibility so it doesn t interfere with the next step 2 D p or Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Turn Visibility Off Figure 12 68 Conductor Visibility Off 12 114 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued For the second group of surfaces or Thermal gt FD Fem Net work gt Node To Surface Con ductor Select node appears in the Command line area Select the boundary node Select surfaces or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line Figure 12 69 Second Conductor area Type HORIUP in the Command line Select surfaces appears 1n the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select OK Lines representing the conductor appear 12 115 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 1 Select the new conductor Area perimeter is approximate or Thermal gt Edit The Conductor dialog box appears MLI Insulation Nodes From Node AIR 1 2220 Type Horizontal top side in the Comment field Click on the arrow to the right of the Type field and select Natural Con vection Horizontal Flat Plate Upside from the pulldown menu change from default value of Generic The dialog box changes to reflect the selection Highlight the current value
70. Units tab displayed Highlight the current value in the Model Length field and select in from the pulldown menu Select the Graphics Visibility tab Click on TD IRC Nodes fo deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select OK or type 3dorbit in the Com mand line Set the default units and turn off the dis play of nodes Figure 11 31 Node Visibility Off Rotate the model around and to see that the 3 circles are in different planes Sur faces will be created from these 3 circles Remember this function can be used to 3D view a drawing When activated a circle called an arcball appears around the selected object and the cursor changes shape as it is positioned outside and inside the arcball As the user selects points and drags the mouse the view of the selected object changes so the user sees the object from whatever angles the user desires vertically and horizontally A special right mouse menu offers addi tional 3D view options Figure 11 32 3D View the Model 11 51 Satellite Continued 2 Move the cursor to view the model from various angles Note Each users view will differ from the view shown in Figure 11 33 due to the positions selected by each user Select View gt Named Views The View dialog box appears Named Views Orthographic amp Isometric Views Current View Current Location UCS Perspective Perspective 4 Curent Model Off ALL
71. V Solar Vector V Orbit Plane V Celestial Coordinate System V Orbit Positions V Focal Coordinate System Select the Size Colors tab Highlight the value in the Solar ke Shadow field and type 1 if the current Figure 11 75 Orbit View value is different Highlight the value in the Orbit Posi tion Scale field and type 3 if the cur rent value is different Select OK or Zoom gt Extents 11 107 Orbital Heating Rates Continued Verify the orientation of the model by or Thermal gt Orbit gt Orbit viewing it as it appears from the sun Display Off The solar arrays should be hiding the bat tery Be sure to turn the orbit display off before viewing the model otherwise the orbit display will be repositioned not the model Figure 11 76 Orbit Display Off D or Thermal gt Model Checks gt View Model From Sun Planet gt Set Orbit Position Location The New Vehicle Setup dialog box appears View Vehicle Setup View From Sun C Planet Curent view Heating Rate Position 0 W Execute SHADE command after update Cancel Help Figure 11 77 View From the Sun 2 Select OK 11 108 Orbital Heating Rates Continued I Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu Compute orbital heating rates for solar lations gt Calc Heating Rates Ray albedo and planetshine using full monte Trace carlo A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog A verification screen will appear showing box
72. When inputting board for the Cond sub ul ivision umbering Radiation Cond Cap ontact Insulation Surface Trans at sa model the word board must be typed in Cond Submodel MAIN v l l In the next step on in the Numbering tab oo Ea board will have been added to the pull Material Thickness in Multipliers d l b DEFAULT 0 0393701 Density 1 Own ist Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select fr4 2 oz copper from the pulldown menu Highlight the current value in the Thickness field and type 03 Highlight the current value in the Cond Submodel field and type board 10 44 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued 9 Click on the Subdivision tab Before displaying the Subdivision tab a Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking the user if BOARD is to be added to the Sub model list Thermal Desktop A 4re you sure you want to add submodel BOARD to the submodel list 10 Select Yes The Subdivision tab information is displayed 11 Highlight the current value in the X direction Equal field and type 5 12 Highlight the current value in the y direction Equal field and type 3 13 Click on the Numbering tab The Numbering information appears Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot M Use same ID s on both sides Both Sides Submodel MAIN v Use Start ID ic
73. a W is displayed on the axis This W stands for world meaning the view uses the world coordinate system The UCS icon shown in Figure 10 4 is the 2D format A 3D UCS icon 1s available under View gt Display gt UCS Icon gt Properties Also located at the lower left of the screen the current location X Y or X Y Z of the cursor in the drawing area is displayed As the cursor is moved in the drawing area the coordinates change as the cursor moves This update can be very handy when selecting points on the screen Tutorials 10 11 User Interface Continued At the bottom of Figure 10 4 resides the Command Line area The Command Line area 1s where the user will be prompted to type in a command or value s and will see various messages While the user can only see a few lines of text in that area the entire text area can be displayed by selecting the lt F2 gt function key 1 Press lt F2 gt to open the Thermal Desktop Text Window Use this window to view commands and actions performed in the current session 2 Press lt F2 gt again to close the window Menu Bar Layer Pulldown Menu Color Pulldown Menu Thermal Pulldown Menu A A toCAD 2002 Drawing1 dwg Modify Window Image EF esAA Aaiet GaAaQaRli z Tool tip m a a Drawing Graphics Area alee plp Icons to edit q Icons to create and manipulate what is displayed y UCS Icon Command Line area
74. a toolbar is moved close to the sides of the screen the toolbar will automatically dock to that side The View gt Toolbars menu choice may also be used to turn specific toolbars on and off and to customize the icons in each toolbar See the AutoCAD help for more details on customizing toolbars It is helpful to remove infrequently used icons from some toolbars so that more toolbars may be displayed without taking up excessive screen space Tutorials 10 35 Setting Up a Template Thermal Desktop Drawing File 7 Select File gt Save As Be sure to save the files in your copy of The Save As dialog box appears the tutorials directory 8 Change the name of Drawing 1 dwg to thermal in the Tutorials template directory 9 Select Save The drawing area title bar is updated with the new name of the drawing thermal 10 Select File gt Exit Thermal Desktop 1s closed As experience is gained with Thermal Desktop and some of the advanced options create a new template file with different parameters such as Units and other property settings as desired Important Remember to create a copy and rename the template before beginning design work to insure the template remains in its original state If copying the template at the directory file level by dragging the template file icon to the working directory be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down when dragging the template drawing file so that the template is copied rather than
75. a AutoCAD selection set so any command issued such as Modify gt Move will function on these selected objects This capability is very powerful but can be slow as models get larger Because of this the default setting is Off 10 145 Model Browser Example Continued 23 Hold down lt Ctrl gt and select sub Both CCCC and DDDD are selected model DDDD Figure 10 59 CCCC DDDD Selected Note Standard Windows lt Ctrl gt and lt Shift gt selection functions work in this tree This command rebuilds the Model 24 or Thermal gt Case Set Browser so that objects are listed by the Manager on the main Thermal materials that use them Desktop menu toolbar R 16 10 0 A Eog Thermophysical Props The Case Set Manager dialog box 50 Alum 6061 T6 gt Cond Temp Vary Cp Temp Vary Densit Cp DEFAULT gt Th P ty DEFAULT not f d appears E E R eae 25 Select Run Case magnesium gt Cond 150 62 W m K Cp 1004 J kg K Density 1 A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears with a message stating Thermophysical Property DEFAULT has not been found AutoCAD Thermophysical Property DEFAULT is not defined for Rect 62 The best way to find and edit this entity is to bring up the Model Browser and List by Thermo Props Figure 10 60 New Display 26 Select OK to close the dialog box 27 Select List gt Thermo Props on the Model Browser menu bar 10 146 Model Browser Example Conti
76. a corner of the chip as a base and use 0 0 001 Create the heat load as the to point Create a heat load of 15 watts on the sub model chip Create a double sided solar Create a solar panel and a tracker panel Note Refer to Figure 11 80 for a visual reference Pan and zoom as needed For the solar panel e Make it a double sided surface and set the separation distance to be 0 01 Note Hint See see Area Con ductance Calculations on page 6 3 and see Conductance Capaci tance Tab on page 2 48 Set the radiation analysis External group to Both Breakdown 3 in the y and 1 in the x 2 Create the tracker Create the tracker and modify it to be ori ented as shown in the below graphic Note Hint Create Tracker on page 2 79 Figure 11 85 New Tracker 3 Attach the solar panel to the tracker 11 134 Simple Satellite Demo Example 4 Create a basic orbit 6 Use the display active sides and the model browser to make sure the model is correct Display the Case Set Manager Edit the radiation jobs to calculate radks for internal and external along with heating rates for external Set up and run the case Set for a transient run of 15000 sec onds Set the output internal to 100 Solve Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Y
77. all 80 F then turn their visibility back off 2 or Thermal gt Edit The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears 3 Select Nodes 97 in the Select Type to filter field if not already selected 4 Select OK The Node Multi Edit Mode dialog box appears Node Multi Edit Mode Submodel v Initial temp 68 calculated by elements C Override calculations by elements surfaces C Put in sub network 5 Highlight the current value in the Ini tial temp field and type 80 6 Select OK A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change 7 Select Yes 12 49 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Draw a box around all the items in the Similarly change the lumps initial tem view peratures to 80 F and their initial pres sure to 30 psia or Thermal gt Edit The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select Lumps 97 in the Select Type to filter field if not already selected Select OK The Lump Edit Form dialog box appears o Tank Junction at Zero Velocity S LSTAT STAG Highlight the current value in the Temperature field and type 80 Highlight the current value in the Pressure field and type 30 Select OK A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change Select Yes 12 50 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Turn off node visibility once more or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferen
78. appears the name of the analysis group orbit and optical property file to use for this calcula Thermal Desktop tion A Continue with Heating Rate Database external_pr beta90 RcOptics rch cae 2 Select OK 11 109 Orbital Heating Rates Continued Select Thermal gt Post Processing gt Manage Datasets The Processing Datasets dialog box appears Postprocessing Datasets Current Data Set hr pr hr me Add New Set Current Delete Rename Edit Comment HRA Database external_pr beta90 AcOptics rch Description c Select Add New The Data Set Source Selection dialog box appears Data Set Source Selection Postprocessing set name Data Source C Sinda Fluint C Radke C Text File C Form Factors C Text Transient File C Heating Rates Cancel Help Type hr mc in the Postprocessing set name field Click on the Heating Rates radio button to select it place a dot in the circle Select OK to close the Data Set Source Selection dialog box 11 110 Create a postprocessing set for the orbital heating rates A confirmation screen appears as notifica tion that the default analysis group the current orbit and the currently loaded optical properties will be used to create the postprocessing set After the set is cre ated the orbital heating rate data may be viewed for this case even if other analysis groups orbits or property files are cur rently being used
79. are changed are updated for all the edited objects For a Field to be changed the value or string must be different than the original value For instance if the value was 60 typing in 60 or 60 0 does NOT make the Field changed If the field already has the value in the field that you want you might need to change the field to another value and then perform the same edit again and change it back to the desired value The Following fields were determined to be changed any displayed values are in MKS units Top Material Select YES to perform these changes on all edited objects Select NO to cancel this edit Yes No Select Yes to close the dialog box Select View gt 3D Views gt Front Change the view to make it easier to select the nodes on the ends The nodes will be selected and changed to boundary All Center Dynamic Extents Previous nodes Scale Window lt real time gt appears in the Command line area Type Zoom in the Command line Type 8x in the Command line Figure 10 44 Front View 10 111 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select from points 1 to 2 as shown in Figure 10 45 and as noted below e Using the example to the right as a guide click the left mouse above the upper left corner of the surface area 1 Specify opposite corner appears in the Command line area e Position the mouse on the opposite lower right corner of the selection area as shown in the example and cl
80. be made coarse so as to get the part integrated into the entire thermal model C amp R would like to give a special thanks to Jim Braley for providing the sample NAS TRAN models for this tutorial Mapping Example 1 Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als mappingExample directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved 2 Rename the copied template file to coarse Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the coarse drawing file icon in the mappingExample directory In addition to the copied template drawing there are two existing files in the map pingExample folder e coarse quad nas e fine quad nas The two files will be imported into the model during the exercise 1 Select View gt 3D Views gt Top Change the view in the drawing area to the top view The UCS icon reflects the new orien tation 10 120 Mapping Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Import gt NAS The next step imports the TRAN coarse _quad NAS file into the drawing The FE Model Units dialog box DOR iy comple model of a plate with two holes in it will appears be displayed FE Model Units Before importing a tinite element model the Thermal Desktop units must match those in the finite element model If this tant true press Cancel and reset the units using T
81. box appears this model in order to perform thermal stress calculations Map Data to External Model Nastran input file Output file Mapping Tolerance Constant C Variable Data To Map Map Current Post Processed Data C Map All Data Points in Current Post Processing Dataset Set Objects To Be Tested When Performing Mapping Functions Map to all objects in the model C Only Consider Objects in the Selected List When Performing Mapping The input file name is fine quad NAS which is located in the mappingExam ple folder 2 Click on the NASTRAN input file Browse button The Open dialog box appears 3 Click on the arrow next to the Files of type field and select nas files nas from the pulldown menu The two nas files located in the map ping Example folder are displayed 4 Double click on fine_quad nas Map Data to External Model dialog box reappears The nastran input file name field is updated to fine _quad nas The output file name is to be temps out 10 129 Mapping Example Continued Highlight the current value in the Out put file field and type temps out Highlight the current value in the Mapping Tolerance Constant field and type 1 e 5 Select OK to close the dialog box The file temps out contains mapped temperatures in the format necessary for them to be included into the Stress model The engineer must cut and paste these into the proper
82. ee area Figure 12 8 Lumps with IDS 4 Press lt Enter gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Object Selection Filter Select Type to filter io ey Additional Criteria Pumps Fans 1 Tubes 8 Submodel Lump Type CK Highlight Lumps 13 in the Select type to filter field if not already selected Select OK 12 8 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued z Now generate all of the entrance and or Thermal gt Fluid Mode Xit paths Use the loss coefficient so as to model the entrance and exit ing gt Loss effects Select from lump appears in the Com mand line area In a later command edit the loss where a loss factor of 1 0 1s automati Click on lump 2 cally generated for all loss compo Note Click on the lump numbers nents rather than on the lump symbols for As with the Pump Fan command the easier selection order the lumps are selected deter Select to lump appears in the Com mines the direction for positive mand line area flow Click on lump 3 Note that picking on the lump num bers with the mouse is probably the Select Entity for Area Calculation easiest way to select each lump Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt 5 Use the same command to create losses from each of Lump 2 to Lump 8 Lump 7 to Lump 13 and Lump 12 to Lump 13 e Press lt Enter gt Select from lump appears in the C
83. factor lt 39 3701 gt appears in the Command line area II Type 5 in the Command line 11 54 Satellite Continued Create a cylinder All of the node numbers will be specified later using the resequenc ing operations or Thermal gt Surfaces gt Cylinder Pick or enter point for base of cylinder appears in the Command line area Move the cursor to the center of the circle labeled 2 until the center point snap icon becomes visible a small yellow circle at the center of the green circle and click the left mouse button Pick or enter point for top of cylinder appears in the Command line area Figure 11 35 Satellite After Cylinder Move the cursor to the center of the circle near the label 3 until the center point snap icon becomes visible and click the left mouse button Enter radius or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Move the mouse along circle 2 until any of the snap points become visible and click the left mouse but ton Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Subdivision tab dis played Highlight the current value in the Angular Equal field and type 3 Select OK 11 55 Satellite Continued Create a
84. following for practice Use the Model Browser Thermal gt Model Browser to edit the convection con ductor values and rerun the model Set up a symbol to do so Add a conductor to account for the surface radiation to the environment Analyze with the can being half full by changing the top half of the solid elements to air cp 0 k 025 W m k Try and plot the temperature versus time for a both cases that were solved for node MAIN 101 Start with anew XY Plot and use Data Sets gt Open to access each save file Start over from scratch and rebuild the model using a solid finite difference cylinder object Note that 2 disc and a cylinder will need to be used to model the aluminum Shell 10 93 10 5 Combined Radiation Conduction Using Finite Elements What you should learn e How to create a finite element model e How to verify proper connections of elements e How to apply radiation to solids In this example a finite element model will be created The process begins by creating a single quad element The AutoCAD array command will be used to create a grid of elements The planar quad elements will be extruded and revolved into 3D solid elements Radiation will be placed on the solid elements Temperature boundary conditions will be applied and the model will be solved by SINDA Finite Element Example 1 Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als finiteElement directory Note Be s
85. for the Board layer turning them on now Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box H SH i T e a Sa 3 H a k 5 y i A i A 7 3 HHH O a D er Be x i j i z F H gp i i e ee 4 A E TO R S a TA a j Bee er SS Oe Se Pe R a L J i i wa T H gF n A r a d 1 nara Geena estes Goer E be i f a MEE E see RN D oaa E Weebl bape F H BG Al a F H D H j f fe ae e a SO a NEAN EASAN a O es re a A E r a T O a a EA EOS O Se St ss a am a oa s ZA e f ARSE F F 3 3 Figure 12 42 Board Visibility On 12 68 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Click on each of the 4 pipes to select them Note It is not necessary to use the lt Shift gt key for the multiple sele tion or Thermal gt FD FEM Net work gt Contactor Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area Note The plate is now the to ob ject Click on the plate to select it Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Contactor dialog box appears Contactor Comment Conductor Submodel MAIN Integrations Intervals h10 Contact From Faces Tolerance 3 93701e 021 in Conduction Coefficient Conductance Area Apply Surface Thickness To Tes
86. in bold type Path Loss Edit Form Submodel Id 100 E Twinned Path Path Type Loss Loss Coefficient FK 500 FK Calculator Flow Area F User Specified Comment Loss Type Additional Input Direction Independent LOSS Choked Flow C Use Throat Area Throat Area AFT H 25 Select OK to close the Path Loss Edit Form dialog box 12 61 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The junction at the outlet of the new Loss or Thermal gt Fluid Model clement will become the inlet of the ing gt Tube STube pump which has yet to be defined Model an ideal accumulator at this point specify Select from lump appears in the Com g pressure without specifying a tempera mand line area ture To do this create a connection Select the junction in the middle left between the plenum and the loop using an the one at the outlet of the new Loss STube element See the point labeled Istin The steady flowrate through this STube is the graphic to the right zero and transiently it will be a bit above Select to lump appears in the Com zero only because of thermal expansions mand line area of the fluid in the loop So the size of this STube is largely irrelevant it only serves to make sure the plenum and the loop share a common pressure Select the plenum triangular or tet rahedral icon near it See the point labeled 2nd in the graphic to the right The diagram should now look something
87. in that leg was already mostly rejected in the mani fold Caution this model did not include wye and tee merging and splitting flow losses which can be calculated by SINDA FLUINT but require more set up Exit Thermal Desktop and save as prompted 12 81 12 3 1 For the advanced user Assume that the pipe to plate conductance cannot be increased 1 e the saddle design the braze or the press fit into the ball end milled channel Due to the low pressure drops in the coldplate perhaps a one pass serpentined pipe would have been a better choice Try replacing the manifold with a single serpentined pipe use the AutoCAD polyline again with arcs and lines or build separate arcs and lines with common endpoints Also try different pipe sizes and lay outs of the serpentine Note Once a pipe and contactor are defined just move around the pipe using the AutoCAD grip points and rerun the analysis 12 82 12 4 Drawn Shape Heatpipe What you should learn e creating a FloCAD heatpipe with a User defined outer shape e connecting pipes e adding fluid network components e accessing a user defined fluid e defining a fan or pump curve e postprocessing a transient run In this example a simple heatpipe utilizing a user drawn outer shape will be constructed The heatpipe will be 1 inch x 1 2 inch x 0 05 inches There will be a heated plate below and a cooled plate above the heatpipe The plates and the heatpipe will be connected
88. in the Area Perimeter field and type Q T Select OK to close the dialog box Select the new conductor Turn off the conductor visibility so it doesn t interfere with the next step tip or Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Turn Visibility Off 12 116 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued The third group or Thermal gt FD Fem Net work gt Node To Surface Con ductor Select node appears in the Command line area Select the boundary node Select surfaces or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line Figure 12 70 Third Conductor area Type HoriDown in the Command line Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area Press lt Enter gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select OK Lines representing the conductor appear 12 117 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 1 Select the new conductor or Thermal gt Edit The Conductor dialog box appears Type Bottom side in the Comment field Click on the arrow to the right of the Type field and select Natural Con vection Horizontal Flat Plate Downside from the pulldown menu change from default value of Generic The dialog box changes to reflect the selection Highlight the current value in the Area Perimeter field and type 0 7 Select OK to close the dialog box Select the new conductor Turn off the conductor visibility so it doesn t interfere with the next step MV or Therma
89. in the Thickness field and type 1 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 48 Create a chip on the circuit board The chip is purposely being placed so that it overlaps the nodes on the board Instead of inputting the points the points could be snapped to the drawing if desired Hint lt Shift gt and click the right mouse button and the node will snap to the center of a surface Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued 1 Select the newly created chip Change the color of the chip to red It may be necessary to ZOOM in to select the chip When finished the model or type Properties in the Com ain should look similar to the drawing below mand line The Properties window for the chip a rectangle is displayed to the right of the icons located on the right side of the screen Click in the Color field to display the Color pulldown menu arrow Click on the arrow and select Red to change the color from the current value of ByLayer Close the window by clicking on the X Figure 10 14 Chip on Circuit Board in the top corner of the window Select the newly created chip It is good modeling practice to move the Select Modify gt Move chip off of the board The distance of the offset shall be set to half of the sums of the thickness of the board 03 and the chip 1 which equals 065 The direction is in the nega Specify second point of displacement tive Y direction because that is the direc or
90. in the Command line area Type all in the Command line Select entity for adding thermal model data appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Edit Mode dialog box appears Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the change and may indicate no changes were made Select OK Everything should appear green or Thermal gt Model Checks gt Display Active Sides antes a If not select Modeling Tools gt Reverse Connectivity to correct the wrong surface s 11 84 Satellite Continued Use the ShadeMode command to go back or Thermal gt Model Checks wireframe gt Active Sides Off Type shademode in the Command line Type 2d in the Command line 11 85 Satellite Continued Create five more rectangles to finish the or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol gt attery radiator ids gt Rectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label A T Note The yellow snap points that appear when the cursor is posi tioned near the point makes it easy A a ae oe to select the correct point Figure 11 57 View After First Rectangle Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label A 8 Point to set
91. information the Model Browser includes the tempera tures of the selected nodes along with the Max and Min of the current selection set These values are the current post pro cessed data If the current post processed data was heat rates then these values would be heat rates Select Options gt Temperatures Scrolling in the text window you ll see from the Model Browser menu bar the output looks more like a SINDA TPRINT Submodel AAAA Max 3 306 23 Minf1 293 Diffusion Nodes for Submodel AAAA Mazi 3 2 259 F 1 23 4 View the Output area 306 Boundary Heater Nodes for Submodel AAAA 1 293 15 Submodel BEBBE Maxi 3 323 72 Minf1 307 Diffusion Nodes for Submodel BEBBE Mazi 3j AL IMF Ea 315 485 Submodel CECL Max 1 331 36 Minf3 324 Diffusion Nodes for Submodel CCC Mazflj AL 331 36 331 36 lt Figure 10 62 Model Browser Output Select Options gt Output Window This moves the output area to the right of on Bottom from the Model Browser the tree The Model Browser window menu bar to deselect it remove the may be resized as desired The example check mark below shows the window resized horizon tally and shortened 10 148 Model Browser Example Continued E Model Browser List Edit Display Options Help IIR Rielo lA bf E Model Browser List Edit Display Options Help kI R LS 18 0 A ESEO Submodel Node Tree selected Nodes Nod eat load elected Items Visible
92. is displayed as an X with the descrip tion of Intersection rather than the yellow boxes with Endpoint dis played for the other points The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 2 Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 1 if different Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 11 89 Satellite Continued 33 Press lt Enter gt Create the fifth of the five rectangles Note Pressing lt Enter gt recalls the create rectangle command Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label A 0 Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Figure 11 61 View After Fifth Rectangle Click on the endpoint near label p Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label nA 5 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears 37 Select the Subdivision tab 38 Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 2 39 Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 1 if different 40 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 41 Select File gt Save 11 90 Satellite Continued 1 Select View gt Named Views The model should look
93. l or Thermal gt Preferences turning off visibility of the lumps and The User Preferences dialog box contactors appears e turning off visibility of the surfaces on 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab if the both sides of the plate not already selected e then turning back on the FEM model 3 Click on Lumps to deselect it of the plate itself remove the check mark The piping model has been built on the 4 Click on Contactors to deselect it ack side of the aluminum plate remove the check mark 5 Select OK 12 72 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The Model Browser is a key tool for navi i or Thermal gt Model gating through a Thermal Desktop model Browser finding editing changing visibility deleting etc It is a good idea to practice The Model Browser window appears with the Model Browser m Model Browser E JEX The drawing should now appear similar List Edit Display Options Help to the view below KIR ekiela kE ae eae Surface and Solid Tree H S CC Not Generated cfs MAIN c sm PLATE Nothing selected 2 Using the Model Browser menu EGE gg ee eee NES EREA click on List to confirm that Surfaces Figure 12 44 Model Browcer Visibility Solids is selected check mark 3 Expand the CC Not Generated tree by clicking on the sign Two rectangles appear in the list 4 Highlight both rectangles
94. look similar to the view below Note World is the current UCS set ting Select HeatPipe in the Current UCS field the select the Set Current but ton Press OK to close the UCS dialog box Note Notice the UCS icon moves to a new position on the drawing Select View gt 3D Views gt SE Iso lt metric Figure 12 20 New Views FloCad Tutorials 12 23 Heat Pipe Example Continued Draw a line object representing the cen or Draw gt Polyline terline of the heat pipe Note Practice drawing lines and polylines under the Draw menu off to the side of the drawing Delete Position the cursor at the top of the lines when finished the disk which should be highlighted by a yellow square with the tool tip In this case use a polyline which must be Endpoint displayed in a single plane the XY plane of the cur rent UCS Specify start point appears in the Command line area Click the left mouse button at this point 0 14 0 to start the polyline Note Other lines can be connected to this one as needed to create var Specify the next point or Arc Half ious 3D objects width Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area With the new polyline selected high lighted the drawing should look similar Click on the origin of the UCS to the view below highlighted by a yellow X at 0 0 0 Specify the next point or Arc Half width Length Undo Width appears in the Command line a
95. lt use first point as displacement gt tion in the current World Coordinate appears in the Command line area System WCS Type 0 065 0 in the Command line Specify base point or displacement appears in the Command line area Click on any point on the chip The chip is moved away from the cir cuit board Tutorials 10 49 Circuit Board Example Continued pa The chip needs to conduct to the board 1 or Thermal gt FD FEM Net This can be accomplished by using a con work gt Contactor tactor Select from objects appears in the Command line area 2 Select the red chip in the drawing area Select from objects appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area 4 Select green circuit board in the drawing area Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area 5 Press lt Enter gt 10 50 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued The Contactor dialog box appears The Contactor dialog box is displayed Once the changes have been made and eee OK is selected the graphical image for a ate manea ss contactor is displayed Contact From Faces gt Tolerance 3 93701e 021 in e The from surface will be shown as a ae urface Thickness To Test Points e e eo Coefficient sare Apply Surface Thick To Test Point green Arrow showing the side Wiin 2 K DANO selected for contact Cvs Time C Ys Temp
96. means to discover which settings are compatible to each individual s work style Setting Up a Template Thermal Desktop Drawing File 2 L or Thermal Desktop AutoCAD icon or for getting started the first time select Start gt Programs gt Thermal Desktop gt Thermal Desktop Tutorials 10 33 Setting Up a Template Thermal Desktop Drawing File The Thermal Desktop AutoCAD win dow appears with the Startup dialog box displayed English feet and inches C Metric ip Uses the default English feet and inches settings Cancel Select Start From Scratch in the Startup dialog box second icon from the left if not already selected Select OK to close the dialog box The drawing area title bar changes to the default drawing name Drawing 1 dwg 4 Select View gt 3D Views gt SW Iso metric Note the UCS icon changes to reflect the view 10 34 This section of the tutorial creates a new drawing to be used as a template that will be copied and renamed as future drawings are created English Feet and Inches and Metric are default settings English pre selected The English Metric settings in this dialog box do not set the units for Thermal Desktop This setting is used for setting up a draw ing grid and for setting up plotting to a printer Either choice may be safely used Note Units of the Thermal Desktop are set by selecting Thermal gt Pref erences and then selecting the Units Tab T
97. mouse button drag the cursor down the list to zbox release the mouse button Select Rename The Multiple Rename dialog box appears Type _1 in the text input field Multiple Rename Input string to be appended to each existing symbol E Cancel 23 Select OK The Symbol Manager dialog box reap pears displaying the new symbol names New Symbol Name Symbol Groups gt Add Rename 10 191 Parameterized Box Example Continued 24 Select xbox_1 Edit the symbols for xbox ybox and 25 Select Edit zbox to be one tenth of their original val ues The Expression Editor dialog box appears with the current xbox 1 infor mation The box changes in the drawing area to reflect the changes in size Note Double clicking on a symbol also displays the Expression Editor 26 Highlight the current value in the Expression field if not already high lighted and type 10 27 Select OK The changed parameters for xbox_ 1 are reflected Z A X ics i lt q Figure 10 82 Edited Box 28 Repeat the process for ybox and zbox changing the values to 1 10 of the current value The Symbol Manager dialog box dis plays the new values 29 Select Done to close the Symbols Manager dialog box 10 192 Parameterized Box Example Continued 30 Select Insert gt Block Insert another box Use the Insert gt The Insert dialog box appears with Block
98. moved 10 36 Tutorials 10 3 Circuit Board Conduction Example What you should learn e Overview of how Thermal Desktop works e How to create material properties e How to apply edge contact resistance e How to apply area contact resistance In this exercise a circuit board will be mounted to an aluminum face The circuit board will have a chip placed on it Circuit Board Example Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als board directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved Rename the copied template file to board Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the board drawing file icon in the board directory Tutorials 10 37 Circuit Board Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Thermophysical This part of the exercise defines the ther Properties gt Edit Property Data mophysical properties for aluminum fr4 The Edit Thermophysical Properties and the chip dialog box appears The default units for Thermal Desktop are a y eeen SI These properties have the units of Gq W m K for conductance J Kg K for specific heat kg m 3 for density New property to add Add Name Cond fw mK Density kg m 3 Specific Heat J ka K 2 Type Aluminum in the New property to add field Select the Add button The Thermophysical Properties dia log b
99. next point or Arc Close Half width Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Type a to start the arc drawing mode Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEn ter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area 12 86 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued 16 Type CL to close the line and com plete the input I Select the straight line to highlight Convert the lines into a pipe segment it name its components specify its materi als dimensions resolution etc or Thermal gt Fluid Model Afterwards the drawing should appear ing gt Pipe ii Select Line Entity for Pipe Cross Sec tion Shape Definition appears in the Command line area ololololelolololoelololololololo Select the closed loop to highlight it ga amp lelololololololojlojolo lol o Select Line Entity for Pipe Cross Sec tion Shape Definition appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box appears Figure 12 50 Pipe Segment H olele lole o Olololelolololololololololololo QOL O OlO O O O O O O O O 0 X 0 00 olelolojlolo lojoe meg m OSOLOOlOlO O O O O O O O O 0 1 Select the Pipe Selection tab if not already displayed If the drawi
100. nodes are not then the nodes will automatically be copied by the program Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 5 Please note that only graphical objects can be moved from one dwg file to another with these methods To copy the Case Set Orbits or Correspondence data the user would need to use the Export function from each of these forms and then use the Import function from the proper form to read them into the new dwg file The names in the Submodel Name Manager and the Analysis Group Manager are not directly copied but the proper names are always copied with the objects Each Manager has a Scan DB button that will check all of the items used and then add them to the global list 13 4 Lighting There are several variables inside AutoCAD that can effect how the model is effecting by lighting Please note that the lighting has gotten progressively better going from Au toCAD 2000 to AutoCAD 20001 to AutoCAD 2002 The lighting settings are set automatically by Thermal Desktop for users of AutoCAD 2002 once the first command is issued in the dwg session The user can disable this capability from the Advanced Page of the Thermal gt Preferences dialog box The automatic settings involve 1 Setting the Ambient Light from the View gt Render gt Light from to 0 7 2 Setting the default materials values from View gt Render gt Materials to have a color value of 0 7 and an ambient value of 0 7 Please note that these values are set once Th
101. option the shortcut keyboard command may be included in the exercise options The keys to be pressed will be shown in bold Arial type font and enclosed in angle brackets For example if the user wants to copy text the Copy function can be performed by highlighting the text and click ing on Edit on the menu bar followed by clicking on Copy The Copy function has a shortcut keyboard command Control key and the C key or lt Ctri gt lt C gt When an icon exists to perform the same function as a pulldown menu command it will be displayed as or Thermal gt Surfaces Solids gt Disk The user can either double click on the icon on the tool bar or select the displayed sequence of menu picks from the pulldown menu In many instances the user has the option of selecting an icon making a pulldown menu selection or typing in a command in the Command Line area In these instances the user may use any of the options If the user 1s required to click on an icon and there is no corresponding pulldown menu choice for example launching Thermal Desktop AutoCAD the icon and the name of the icon will be displayed toCAD Drawing 0 KB AL Thermal AutoCAD icon If a command is mistyped press the Escape key or lt Esc gt to cancel the command in progress Edit gt Undo may also be used to undo an action 10 4 Tutorials 10 1 Getting Started The Getting Started section of the tutorial is broken into several different sections T
102. or Thermal gt Model Checks gt Active Display Preferences The Display Preferences dialog box appears Display Preferences Mode Active Sides for current analysis group MLIInsulation Nodes Area Contact Conductance Display Arrows Color sides only Surface Selection Select Arrows in the Display field to place a dot in the button Select OK to close the Display Prefer ences dialog box 11 10 Change the node IDs for the upper sur face Set the display preferences for active side verification Colors indicating active sides are always available with the shade com mand If only colors are being displayed the shade command will automatically be executed The Display Active Sides command must be executed each time to update the display RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Verify that correct active sides have been or Thermal gt Model Checks Put gt Display Active Sides Arrows appear in the drawing area to designate the active plate sides The drawing should look similar to Figure 11 3 If it does not retrace the above steps to determine what went wrong Once the drawing is at this stage it s ready to calculate radks oa Figure 11 3 Active Sides for Parallel Plate RadCad Tutorials 11 11 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Set Radiation Analysis Data The Radiation Analysis
103. recalls the create rectangle command Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 19 Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command ee ee en a ee line area Figure 11 59 View After Third Rectangle Click on the endpoint near label 20 Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 21 se The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 1 if different Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 2 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 11 88 Satellite Continued 25 Press lt Enter gt Create the fourth of five rectangles Note Pressing lt Enter gt recalls the z create rectangle command a C bs Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the 3 Command line area x Click on the endpoint near label g AS a Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Figure 11 60 Fourth Rectangle 4 7H 11 gt 17 18 Click on the endpoint near label 21 i Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 6 Note The snap point next to 6
104. s because they are rotating about the X axis When the model is viewed in orbit notice that the entire spacecraft is spinning as the cover 1s opening and closing 11 144 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued I Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 2 Select Yes 11 145 11 146 12 FloCad Tutorials This set of tutorials 1s focused on the FloCad application Five example tutorials follow which show how to model air flow heat pipes and flow through a manifold e Section 12 1 Air Flow Through an Enclosure on page 12 1 e Section 12 2 Heat Pipe Model on page 12 20 e Section 12 3 Manifolded Coldplate on page 12 35 e Section 12 4 Drawn Shape Heatpipe on page 12 83 e Section 12 5 FEM Walled Pipe on page 12 96 At this point the first three tutorials from chapter 10 Tutorials should have been com pleted These tutorials give an overview of Thermal Desktop and how to create geometry as well as define properties The typographical conventions are defined there as well 12 1 Air Flow Through an Enclosure What you should learn e How to create a fluid model e How to create all types of fluid elements In this example the components necessary to model airflow through an enclosure with electronic components will be added The exercise will start using a model of an enclosure for which the geometry has alre
105. same submodel and id also have the same temperature There may be situations where this is desired in your model but most likely you would want to renumber the nodes and make each one unique You can change the pulldown on the Case Set Manager Form to stop getting this message in future runs Automatically Renumber the Duplicate Ids Allow The Duplicate Ids To Remain In The Model Cancel Running This Job So You Can Investigate The Duplicate Ids Select Allow The Duplicate Ids To Remain In The Model Note Verify that only node PLATE 9999 is duplicated Sinda Fluint Run Status dialog box appears confirming the successful completion of the process and the drawing area graphics update Click OK to close the dialog box Note If problems are encountered during the run and the problem s cannot be diagnosed consult with the instructor if completing this ex ercise in Class or contact C amp R for help 12 77 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The answer to the design question is 323 or Thermal gt Post Process S onds that s how long before the dis ing gt Edit Current Dataset sipation point reaches 110 F The resulting colored plot however shows graphically how well the sensible heat in the plate was utilized The Set Sinda Dataset Properties dia log box appears Set Sinda Dataset Properties Select a Time Record sec Data to View Node 569 41 80 0 43166 A Nodes Temperature T
106. something Select object 1 for surface edge else appears in the Command line area 38 Select the first line Note Lines may be selected in ei aie ther clockwise or counterclockwise direction Select object 2 for surface edge appears in the Command line area 39 Select the second line Figure 10 70 3x6 Mesh Select object 3 for surface edge appears in the Command line area 40 Select the third line Select object 4 for surface edge appears in the Command line area 41 Select the fourth line as The 3x6 mesh 1s created 10 158 Simple Meshing Methods Continued 42 Select Thermal gt FD FEM Network gt Convert AutoCAD Surface to Nodes Elements Select entity for adding thermal model data appears in the Command line area Select the mesh to highlight it Select entity for adding thermal model data appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Element Edit Mode dialog box appears Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment Analysis Group Name Active Side BASE __ both Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT Top Side Ovemides Bottom Side Overrides 45 Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming nothing was changed in the Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Element Edit Mode dial
107. than what is needed double click on the mate rial of interest The Thermophysical Properties dialog box will appear Select the Add button allowing changes to be made The Thermophysical Properties dia If using Thermal Desktop inside of log box appears AutoCAD instead of redefining these properties it is possible to use the Thermal gt Thermophysical Prop erties gt Open Create Property DB command to open the database ETE created in the board example If this Aai approach is used the Aluminum ee defined there could be used Add the 4 SS Uie ii Water definitions to that database Density kg m 3 Note See comments in the right hand column Edit Table tho Effective emissivi e star Ablation Use Ablation 4 Highlight the current value in the Conductivity k field and type 237 10 56 Beer Can Example Continued Highlight the current value in the Spe cific Heat cp field and type 900 Highlight the current value in the Density rho field and type 2702 Select OK to close the Thermophysi cal Properties dialog box The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with Aluminum and the above values displayed in the main property description field Type Water in the New property to add field Select the Add button The Thermophysical Properties dia log box appears Highlight the current value in the Conductivity k field and type 6 Highlight t
108. the U shaped pipe shown as Ist Lump in the graphic to the right Press lt Enter gt to repeat the last commana Enter location of lump appears in the Command line area Place the second lump zo the left of the first lump shown as 2nd Lump in the graphic to the right 12 56 A loss element representing the rest of the fluid loop that will not be explicitly mod eled must be added A pump 1s also needed Both such paths cannot be placed until there are lumps to which to connect them A reference pressure for the closed loop which will be a plenum connected to the loop by a short tube STube is also needed The commands at the left add these two lumps and make one of them a plenum The diagram should look similar to the view below but the exact location of the Figure 12 34 New Lumps Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 5 Select the newest lump on the far Make the lump on the far left a plenum left or Thermal gt Edit The Lump Edit Form dialog box appears Lump Edit Form Submodel FLOW y Temperature 80 Id 56 Pressure 30 psi Heatload BTU sec C Pressure priority option Quality ae Figure 12 35 New Plenum calculated by pipes oO Tank Junction at Zero Velocity Stagnant LSTAT STAG Additional Input C Override calculations by pipe 7 Enter 80 in the Temperature field 8 Enter 30 in the Pressure field 9 Click on the P
109. the dialog box 11 94 Satellite Continued or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Sphere Pick or enter point for center of sohere lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 3 asl Pick or enter point to define Z axis lt 0 0 1 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 4 a Enter radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label A 0 a Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label A 0 gA Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 9 MA The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Subdivision tab dis played Highlight the current value in the Angular about Z Equal field and type 4 Highlight the current value in the Height Equal field and type 2 11 95 Satellite Continued 9 Select the Surface tab At this point in the exercise the model should look similar to Figure 11 65 10 Highlight th t value in the M ighlight the current value in the Max below Height field and type 9 11 Select OK to close the dialog box Sy j4 aie Z ict rare rep x WP e ars a Figure 11 65 Satellite Bus 1 Select View gt Named Views The View dialog box appears
110. the lump color bar is different from the node color bar the inlet lump is 110 degrees not 94 Select the tank at the pipe inlet and The actual temperatures themselves can the junction at the pipe outlet be shown on the screen as text too loss inlet to highlight them Instead of element IDs displayed in the Note It is not necessary to hold drawing mode in the postprocessing down the lt Shift gt key to select the mode the requested values temperature two objects Also remember to use in this case are printed the tool tips to insure the correct ob jects are being selected t Note The Turn Numbers On icon is located on a tool bar in the lower right area of Thermal Desktop un less moved by the user If the Object Selection Filter dialog box appears highlight Lumps 2 if not already highlighted and click OK Turn Numbers On icon Figure 12 46 Temperature View 12 79 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Select the tank at the pipe inlet and Call for a EZ XY plot versus time the junction at the pipe outlet Adjusting the frame replacing the title loss inlet to highlight them once and enlarging the fonts see EZ XY help more files yields Note It is easier to select the two lumps now by picking their labels Inlet and Outlet Coldplate Response their temperatures WATER TL19 WATER TL999 Select Thermal gt PostProcessing gt X Y Plot Data vs Time 3 Return to the Thermal De
111. to illustrate a particular feature It is also strongly suggested that each new user take the time to work through each of the tutorials in this chapter as well as the other tutorial chapters see RadCad Tutorials on page 11 1 and see FloCad Tutorials on page 12 1 Although completing the tutorials requires time doing so will provide the user with enough knowledge and skills to allow the user to quickly become effective and efficient while working in Thermal Desktop There are seven tutorials in this chapter as follows e Section 10 1 Getting Started on page 10 5 e Section 10 2 Setting Up a Template Drawing on page 10 33 e Section 10 3 Circuit Board Conduction Example on page 10 37 e Section 10 4 Beer Can Example on page 10 55 e Section 10 5 Combined Radiation Conduction Using Finite Elements on page 10 94 e Section 10 6 Mapping Temperatures From a Course Thermal Model to a Detailed NASTRAN Model on page 10 120 e Section 10 7 Model Browser Example on page 10 139 e Section 10 8 Simple Meshing Methods on page 10 151 e Section 10 9 Dynamic SINDA Example on page 10 161 e Section 10 10 Parameterizing for a Common Input on page 10 185 Tutorials 10 1 Functionality in the tutorials reflects the most recent version of Thermal Desktop Every effort has been made to present the user with the exact system prompts messages and commands and dialog boxes the user will see when using Thermal Desktop Please note that occasi
112. to the second tracker The order of attachment is extremely important Thermal Desktop deter mines the nesting of the trackers and performs the rotation of the highest level tracker first RadCad Tutorials 11 43 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation or Thermal gt Orbit gt Orbit Display Off Type shademode in the Command line Enter option 2D wireframe 3D wire frame Hidden Flat Gouraud fLat edges gOurand edges lt Gouraud gt appears in the Command line area Type 2d in the Command line or Thermal gt Articulators gt Reset Trackers 11 44 Figure 11 22 Orbit Display Off Work in wireframe mode Figure 11 23 Wireframe View The articulators must be reset to the start ing value The model should look similar to the view below Figure 11 24 Tracker Reset RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation 5 Select File gt Save Save the geometry often 1 Type zoom in the Command line Use Pan and Zoom to position the model Specify corner of window enter a back to the view shown in Figure 11 14 scale factor nX or nXP or All Center Dynamic Extents Previous Scale Win dow lt real time gt appears in the Com mand line area Type all in the Command line Note Use the pan and zoom icons as desired Select Thermal gt Articulators gt Change the orientation of the current Toggle Global Activation tracker To do this first turn off all track
113. toolbar features in AutoCAD as a refresher Most all of the commands are available via toolbar icons and the toolbars may be customized to individual preferences View gt Toolbars New toolbars may also be created to make the most used commands conveniently available Toolbars may be floating or docked to the top left and right sides of the screen The AutoCAD on line help manual lists the toolbar icons associated with each com mand Placing the cursor over a toolbar icon without movement for a short duration will also bring up a tool tip text label to indicate the icon s function The commands in the tutorial are typed in at the Command line or selected from pulldown menu choices but the toolbar icons may also be used Be sure to do intermediate saves as a means to recover if a command is mistyped or a wrong point is selected It may also be able to recover from a mistake by using the undo command 1 Double click on the file satellite dwg located in the Tutorials satellite folder Thermal Desktop opens with the satellite drawing on the screen Figure 11 29 Satellite Drawing Initial View This file contains CAD geometry that might represent design geometry created in AutoCAD or imported via IGES from another CAD system 11 49 Satellite Continued Turn some layers off to make it easier to build geometry The sun icon will turn to a snowflake when the layer is frozen Scroll down the layer list to see all of the layer T
114. up for the current case set Nodes and conductors are then com puted and output A SINDA model is then built and run And finally the tempera ture results are displayed mapped onto the thermal model in color The Case Set Manager dialog box appears Case Set Manager Case Sets ae fae Copy Export Rename Delete Move Up Move Down Edit F Save drawing before running Run Case M Run with lower system priority Duplicate Nodes Prompt if Found T Cancel Help 2 Click on Edit The user may set up different case sets to be steady state or transient analyses Each case set may have different start and stop times for transient runs The user can also Case Set Information Case Set 0 have different SINDA Logic property Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments d b li di ff atabases or aliases or even different haen calculated data if valid symbol values otherwise recalculate The Case Set Information dialog box appears Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method Copy O Recalculate data current L database will be replaced Add Change Tasks Add rays to database if possible otherwise recalculate Radks accuracy of current database will be refined Analysis Group BASE v Orbit O Always reuse data no testing Method Monte Carlo O Progressive performed Hep 10 126 Mapping Example Continued 3
115. up radiation calculations for both radks and heating rates make sure you have optimized the Oct Cells especially the Subdivisions parameter see Oct Tree Parameters on page 5 18 and also see Space Station Oct Tree Example on page 11 20 6 Also for radiation calculations the user should consider using the error options for speed improvement see Automatic Error Control on page 5 13 7 Ifyou are using Contactors see Contactors on page 2 61 you can speed up the Cond Cap output by lowering the Contact Integration Intervals For an area con tact the default value of 10 can generate 100 test points If the surfaces being con tacted line up to have the same nodal breakdown the exact same results may be obtained by changing the Integration Intervals to 1 and the calculations would be preformed 100 times faster 8 If you have applied Contact to surfaces in your model you may speed this up by changing both the Contact Integration Levels and the Contact Oct Tree Subdivi sions from the Conductance Capacitance Parameters form Lowering the Contact Integration Levels will reduce the amount of points sampled but it may effect the Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 7 results Changing the Oct Tree Subdivisions won t change the results but it may significantly speed up the calculations 9 Speeding up SINDA runs is much more complicated The first issue to look at is the solution method Using the matrix solution MAT
116. when zooming and panning the right mouse menu can be used to switch between the various zooming and pan ning options When Zoom gt Window is initiated from the right mouse menu the cursor changes into a pointer with a filled in box attached to it Move the cursor to a point that represents the first corner of the area and then hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse to a point opposite the first point Release the mouse button Use this function to quickly return to the last zoom panned view Tutorials Graphical Objects Continued Use this function to 3D view a drawing 1 or View gt 3D Orbit When activated a circle called an arcball appears around the selected object As the An arcball appears on the screen The yser selects points and drags the mouse the arcball is a large circle oF sphere view of the selected object changes so the There are four smaller circles at the user sees the object from whatever angles quandrant points on the arcball the user desires vertically and horizontal 2 Position the cursor within the arcball 1Y The cursor changes shape two arrows A special right mouse menu offers ad circling a sphere ditional 3D view options 3 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor within the arcball The rectangle or all objects if more than one object is in the drawing area rotates in all directions Watch the USC icon as the cursor moves 4 Release the
117. 0 21 Boundary Node Disable Warnings for this Expression Cancel Help 14 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box 15 Select OK to close the Node dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation to add Air to the submodel list Thermal Desktop A 4re you sure you want to add submodel AIR to the submodel list Yes Mo 16 Select Yes The node s shape is changed to reflect its designation as a boundary node 10 70 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select View gt 3D Views gt Front Change the view from the current SW The view changes Note the UCS icon Isometric to a Front view also moves to the lower left of the The view should look as follows drawing area Type Zoom in the Command line All Center Dynamic Extents Previous Scale Window lt real time gt appears in the Command line area 3 Type 9x in the Command line Figure 10 22 Beer Can Front View 10 71 Beer Can Example Continued A new layer is to be created for the con ductors to reside on Visibility will be turned off so that when the conductors are placed on this new layer they will gt Layer may also be used or type layer in the Command line If using AutoCAD without Mechanical The Layer Properties Manager dialog add ons the layer command can be found box appears with Format gt Layer Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters Show al
118. 005 0 005 250 wbox x e 0 60 26 Select OK to close the Solver Design Variables dialog box The Case Set Information dialog box is visible An asterisk is displayed next to Design in the Solver Data field to show the variables have been changed 10 179 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 27 Double click on Constraint in the Solver Data column The Solver Constraint Variables dia log box appears The Global Symbols field is grayed out and cannot be accessed 28 Type box t8 in the text input field at the bottom of the dialog box and select Add gt The Define Variables dialog box appears with box t8 displayed in the Name field Define Variables Name C Min Value Max Value Comment C Disabled Cancel 29 Select Max Value to place a check mark in the box and activate the input field 30 Type 310 in the Max Value field 31 Select OK to close the dialog box and return to the Solver Constraint Vari ables dialog box 10 180 What distinguishes a viable design from a bad design must be defined for SOLVER For this problem if the box or cylinder exceed their maximum allowable temper ature the design is invalid This type of information must be defined as constraint data SOLVER constraint variables must be defined as follows OBJECT BOX T8 CYL T112 MIN VALUE MAX VALUE 310 340 Use the above table for variable values input Dynamic SINDA Ex
119. 10 Tutorials This chapter presents information and sample problems to explore some of Thermal Desktop s features Before beginning the tutorials AutoCAD 2000 20001 2002 2004 Ther mal Desktop and SINDA must be installed Refer to the AutoCAD and Thermal Desktop installation instructions to complete these installations if the software is not already installed Tutorial files may be found in the Tutorials subdirectory which is located in the Thermal Desktop installation directory usually C Program Files Cullimore And Ring Thermal Desk top The Tutorials subdirectory includes additional subdirectories one for each of the tu torials covered in the subsequent sections of this chapter As tutorials are successfully com pleted a completed directory is created with the results of that tutorial It is recommended that the Tutorials directory be copied to the user s own working area before beginning the tutorials This ensures a copy of the original tutorial files will be available for use by other users at a later time The tutorials attempt to introduce a variety of concepts Most often there is more than one way to accomplish the task of a tutorial Different techniques are shown in an attempt to expose the user to the variety of features present in Thermal Desktop In particular there are many ways of selecting objects and both noun verb and verb noun order is supported for most commands Identical tasks may be performed differently
120. 2 Select BUS to highlight it 3 Select Set Current 4 Select OK My AN SAR TA a REX Z L x Figure 11 66 BUS View Spare a Taer 11 96 Satellite Continued 1 Create the remaining five sides Create five total rectangles to close out the It may be easier to rotate the model bus using the skills learned earlier Modify gt 3D Operation gt 3D Rotate The larger rectangles should use a break when creating the back sides and cor down of 4x4 and the smaller rectangles ner surfaces 1x4 Create the surfaces so that the top side is out and the bottom side is in Set the optics data Use Kapton on the out side and Graphite Epoxy on the inside Note Hints Subdivision tab Ra diation tab Contact tab gt m EA AA an XA REN oy a eae aaa se ae ives A Figure 11 67 After Remaining Five Sides Select the five rectangles just cre The current layer was set to Radiator ated for the sides of the bus when these new surfaces were created Cianzeinol aero icsaoniecn i Move them to the Bus layer They will disappear since the Bus layer is currently BUS turned off Figure 11 68 View After Sides Moved to BUS Layer 11 97 Satellite Continued 1 Select View gt Named Views The View dialog box appears Select GIMBALS o highlight it Select Set Current Select OK When finished the model sho
121. 23 Space Station Oct Tree Example Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Calc Radks Ray Trace A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box asking for confirmation to con tinue appears A Continue with Radk Database BASE R cOptics rck Cancel Select OK to close the dialog box Press lt F2 gt to find the time to calcu late the radks Close the text window when finished reviewing Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Set Radiation Analysis Data The Radiation Analysis Data dialog box appears with the Radk Output tab displayed Select the Advanced Control tab Highlight the current value in the Max oct tree subdivisions and type T Select OK to close the dialog box 11 24 Calculate radiation conductors Confirms the default analysis group and the cur rently loaded optical properties will be used to calculate radks Record the amount of time required to perform the radk calculations This is most easily done by hitting the lt F2 gt function key The text window will appear There are time values in the window e The first value is the amount of time it takes to calculate the radks The second value is the amount of time it takes to calculate the radks plus the amount of time it takes to output the radks in SINDA format The amount of time to calculate the radks or the first value is needed That value is about 180 seconds on a 1 5 GHz machine RadCad Tutorials Spa
122. 3 Click on Add The main entry field is updated 4 Select OK to close the dialog box The Case Set Manager dialog box reappears 5 Click on Run Case The Case Set program is run When complete the graphic output appears in the drawing area the SINDA Fluint Run Status dialog box appears on top of the graphic output confirming successful completion of the process 6 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 118 Finite Element Example Continued Figure 10 46 Solution 1 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking if the user wants to save the changes made to the drawing 2 Select Yes The drawing is saved and Thermal Desktop closes Notice the temperatures may actually be less than 273 15K This is because the default SPACE node temperature is Absolute Zero or 0 K To change the space node temperature create a node edit it to be in submodel SPACE make it a boundary node and set the desired temperature 10 119 10 6 Mapping Temperatures From a Course Thermal Model to a Detailed NASTRAN Model What you should learn e How to map temperatures from one type of model to another type of model This tutorial maps temperatures from a coarse model of a plate with two holes in it to a different mesh of the same model that has much finer detail This situation is very common when the stress analyst has a very detailed model for a part but the thermal model must
123. 5 tcyl tplate in the Expres sion field and select OK to close the dialog box 10 172 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued The Edit Assembly dialog box updates to show 0 005 in the Translation Z field Edit Assembly Assembly Trans Rot Translation X Translation Y Translation Z Rotation 1 Rotation 2 Rotation 3 26 Click OK to close the Edit Assembly dialog box The drawing area is updated and the cylinder moved out of the current viewing area or Zoom gt Extents L or type layer in the Command line The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears 2 Click on the On light bulb icons for the box and plate layers to turn visibility on 3 Select OK to close the dialog box When the editing is complete the graphic is updated in the drawing area to show 2 axis connected by a blue line The origi nal assembly is at 0 0 while the evaluated assembly is at 0 45 0 15 When complete the view should look similar to the exam ple below ile A V as T NN o 4 aT if LAY j Z at P P p Pa Y A gu Zi x Figure 10 76 Cylinder Assembly Reactivate visibility for the box and plate layers so all three models are visible PRANTA fann r SSS Ul eS ee SSSS lt 10 173 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued Edit the default case set Add a radk job or Thermal gt Case Set Man 224 edit the properties to use the same ag
124. A K located in the current working directory in this case the Tutorials parallel directory Use an editor such as the Windows Notepad to look at this file or look at the output shown below Table 11 1 SINDA K File for Parallel Plates HEADER CONDUCTOR DATA MAIN Build 30 SINDA FLUINT data created with Thermal Desktop 3 2 Beta Generated on Fri Jul 21 10 58 07 2000 Generated from database BASE RcOptics rck Cutoff factor 00 0010000 Conductor Units sare Iin 2 more information at end of file radk format cond rd C Q G G C G G C C 1 2 3 MAIN MAIN MAIN Summary data for Summary data for node MAIN MAIN node area 50 000 5 02000 node 2 Area e BijJ Bij Bji 0292909 0292866 0069929 316 163 3 246 Zit Db 1 2 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 1 MAIN 2 0069929 nodes with Bij sums lt 1 0000 or gt 1 0000 position 1 rays Weighted Error Oiz OwZ Bij inact BEJ self 0 001 0 001 emiss Big sum 1 0002 0329380 0 80000 0 80000 200000 200000 The file lists the analysis group and optical property file used to create the data fol lowed by radks to space then node to node radks At the end of the file will be radks to inactive nodes if any radks to self and statistics for the calculation process The sta tistical summary data lists the node area number of rays shot the sum of all the radks for this node the effective emissivity
125. Array Ch Select objects 10 objects selected Ej Rows f4 I Columns 4 Offset distance and direction Row offset 1 0000 ry l Column offset 1 0000 l f Angle of array 0 oie By default if the row offset is negative QW tows are added downward If the oo column offset is negative columns are added to the left Cancel Preview lt e Figure 11 37 Satellite After Copying Geometry Select Polar Array Note If the OK button is ghosted then the objects were not selected before issuing the command Use Highlight the current value in the Cen the Select Objects button in the up ter Point Y field and type Q per right corner of the Array dialog box to select them Highlight the current value in the Cen ter Point X field and type Q Highlight the current value in the Total number of items field and type 3 Select OK to close the Array dialog box 11 60 Satellite Continued Make the Com layer current and turn off or type Layer in the Command and freeze the Xlink layer line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears a Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters N M Invert filter Delete Show all layers v a Apply to Object Properties toolbar Current Hide details Current Layer XLINK Save state Restore state On Freeze Linetype Lineweight Plot Style Pha CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS D
126. CAD options that can be used to speed up the interaction of large models In addition to this section please see Speed Issues Wall Clock and CPU on page 13 6 13 7 1 Groups If you have created groups in your model or if they were created when they were imported you need to make sure the Tools gt Options gt Selection Object Grouping has been disabled When this is on selecting in AutoCAD can be significantly slowed 13 8 Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 7 2 Undo control By default AutoCAD keeps an undo list for everything that has changed in your model This is done by writing to a file in your temporary directory With large models this file can fill up a small disk and cause problems The user can issue the Undo Control One command to limit the number of undo s that are stored 13 1 3 Layers Of course large models should be set up with layers It is important that the FREEZE icon is used to turn a layer off instead of solely selecting the LIGHTBULB icon If the FREEZE icon is not turned off then when ALL is used as the selection set either by the user or internally by AutoCAD then items that are not visible are still considered part of the selection set This can significantly slow down the zoom all zoom extends and 3dorbit commands 13 7 4 Model Browser Usage for Large Models Several options in the model browser can speed up its usage for large models They are Auto Update Auto
127. Click on the On light bulb icon for the box layer to turn visibility off darken the bulb Note A Thermal Desktop Au toCAD dialog box appears stating the current layer meaning box is turned off Click OK to close the di alog box 3 Click on the On light bulb icon for the cylinder layer to turn visibility on Figure 10 75 Cylinder Layer Current 4 Select Current with the cylinder layer highlighted 5 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 169 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 6 Select Thermal gt Articulators gt Create an assembly at the origin for the Create Assembly cylinder The order of attaching the items before putting in the translations Enter origin of articulator appears in is very important the Command line area Type 0 0 0 in the Command line The Edit Assembly dialog box appears with the last selected tab Trans Rot displayed Select the Assembly tab 9 Highlight the current value in the Name field and type CYLINDER 10 Highlight the current value in the Size field and type 0 1 Edit Assembly Assembly Trans Rot CYLINDER 11 Select OK A green line along the Y axis appears on the screen representing the cylinder assembly 10 170 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 12 Select Thermal gt Articulators gt Attach the cylinder to the assembly Attach Geometry Select an articulator appears in the Command line area Click on the green as
128. Data dialog box appears Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Default Rays Per Node Percen t Error Desired Rays Before Initial Error Check Energy Cutoff Fraction Nodes All O List Heating Rate Sources Solar Planetshine Albedo Select the Control tab if not already displayed Highlight the current value in the Rays per node field and type 100000 one hundred thousand no comma Select the Advance Control tab Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Oct Cells Use Oct ree to accelerate calculations Max oct ree subdivisions 6 Max surfaces per cell 8 Random Number Seed Control Use unique random number seed at start of calculations Use same random number seed sequence at start of calculations Use same random number seed sequence at start of every node Nodalization Schemes General O Specific Top Bottom Specific Radk Calculation Spectrum Used for Modeling Lamps Infrared O Solar Wavelength Dependent Properties Only For SindaWorks 5 Click on Use oct tree to acceler ate calculations to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 11 12 Sets the control parameters for calcula tions Shoot lots of rays just for fun Oct tree acceleration is not necessary for this small of a problem After calculations are c
129. Diff Point Algorithm E Max Check Objects 4 i Si Anae The to surfaces will be shown in gold C Use Material Pict pee and will have arrows pointing to both Use Mi Nodes sides of the surfaces Conduction Coefficient Scaling C Use x direction Scaling C Use Y direction Scaling From 1 To 1 Rect 8D Top Rect 7C 6 Click on the arrow next to the Conduc F 10 15 Contact tor Submodel field and select CHIP oe peters from the pulldown menu 7 Highlight the current value in the BONES the areal points away from the circuit board Since the default con Conduction Coefficient field and type eae 5 tactor has infinite tolerance and uses a point distance method this will work fine for this case but technically the contactor should be edited and then the user should double click on the from surface to change the side of contact If the surface had different nodes on each side or if the ray trace algorithm was being used for the contactor then this change would be mandatory in order to get the correct results 8 Select OK to close the Contactor dia log box Tutorials 10 51 Circuit Board Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Model Checks gt This part of the exercise utilizes the Show Show Contactor Markers Contactor Markers command which shows the actual calculations for the con tact When items hook up yellow lines are drawn from the contact p
130. INDA like NODMAP capability in order for the user to determine how energy 1s trans ferred into a node 10 149 Model Browser Example Continued 13 Select Options gt Heat Map in the Model Browser 14 Select submodel CCCC 15 View the Output area 16 Select Options gt Heat Flow Between Submodels in the Model Browser window The Heat Transfer Between Submod els dialog box appears Heat Transfer Between Submodels x MAIN AAA From Submodel To Submodel Cancel 17 Click on the arrow next to the From Submodel field and select AAAA from the pulldown menu 18 Click on the arrow next to the To Sub model field and select BBBB from the pulldown menu 19 Select OK 20 Close the Model Browser 21 Select File gt Exit A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 22 Select Yes 10 150 The heat map shows the energy summary for energy into and out of the selected nodes Energy between the selected nodes is not in the tabulation If submodel CCCC 1s selected the heat map implies a load of 3W and has 3W leaving into submodel BBBB If submodels BBBB and CCCC are selected the heat map output will show the energy going from submodel BBBB into submodel AAAA along with the 3W heat source on submodel CCCC The results of the heat flow analysis 3W going from submodel AAAA to sub model BBBB The program cycles through all the nodes in su
131. Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area 10 Type L lower case is fine to start the line drawing mode Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 11 Select the point in the red circle labeled 6 12 Press lt Enter gt to terminate the polyline 12 38 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Select the new line to highlight it or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Pipe Select Line Entity for Pipe Cross Sec tion Shape Definition appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box appears with the Pipe Selection tab displayed RcPipe Edit Form Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation Pipe Attributes Ties Fluid Pipe without wall HeatPipe Wall only Fluid Pipe with Surfaces for Wall Centerline Curve Ids 1 Polyline 188C Delete 4 Confirm that Fluid Pipe with wall is selected the default on the Pipe Selection tab 5 Select the Subdivision tab RcPipe Edit Form Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation Pipe Attributes Ties Pipe Circumf Pipe Length Equal 1 Equal 4 List List Enter interior nodal boundaries as fraction from gt 0 0 to lt 1 0 Convert the line into a pipe segment name its components specify its materi als dimensions resolut
132. MET 1 or 2 on large models can slow things significantly and changing to an iterative solution may be much faster 10 Speeding up a SINDA transient solution can also been effected by the solution method described above but also the time step used can directly effect the solution time When using the standard TRANSIENT routine FWDBCK C amp R always recommends that the user let the program set the time step DTIMEI 0 This method tracks the temperature changes for nodes and adjust the time steps accord ingly What can slow it down 1s that it will only take a time step of 1000 times the CSGMIN capacitance sum of conductors Thus models with small capacitance and or large conductors will slow down transient runs The easiest thing to do for nodes with small capacitance is to edit the node select Override calculations by surfaces elements and then make the node arithmetic If you have large conduc tors in your model the best thing to do would be to merge the nodes between the conductors and then do away with the conductor if this is possible 13 6 Forcing the graphics to update rctouchall In wireframe mode the user can always force the graphics to update by issuing a regen command This command does not cause the model to regenerate if the program is currently displaying in solid shaded mode The command to force a regen in solid shaded mode 1s rctouchall 13 7 Working with large models There are some basic Auto
133. Model Finer Resolution Model Figure 10 53 Compare Drawings 10 136 Mapping Example Continued 5 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 6 Select Yes 10 137 10 138 10 7 Model Browser Example This tutorial demonstrates some of the capabilities of Thermal Desktop s Model Browser MB The example model for this tutorial is very simple but the capabilities extend very well to larger models Model Browser Example 1 Double click on the file ModelBrowser dwg located in the Tutorials Model Browser folder Thermal Desktop opens with the ModelBrowser drawing on the screen Figure 10 54 Initial View 10 139 Model Browser Example Continued Thermal Desktop s Model Browser can be used to view information about a model A modeless window can be resized and minimized will list model data based on the type of data to be selected The default is to list by Submodel and ID The user may select the List menu within the Model Browser window to see what types of objects are available for listing The choices are Submodel Id Analysis Group Optical Props Thermo Props Surtaces Solids Contact Assemblies Trackers Conductors Heaters Heatloads Orienters Pressures Fluid Submodel Id Paths Ties Pipes Symbols Groups Map Sets The user can manipulate the AutoCad graphics by simply ma
134. On Yes UCS icon at origin Yes UCS per viewport Yes UCS Name Figure 10 28 The Properties window goes blank and a Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the change Thermal Desktop A 57 objects changed to a Frozen or off layer and removed From the selection set Select OK to confirm the change and close the dialog box Close the Properties window should look similar to the example below x After Right Side Moved 10 83 Beer Can Example Continued 6 Select View gt 3D Views gt SE Iso The new view should now look as fol metric lows The new view appears in the drawing area WA IVA YA fu gt T S oy ay a a a e Figure 10 29 Beer Can SE Isometric View This command verifies that the materials or Thermal gt Model Checks 2 Set correctly The picture should look gt Color by Property Value gt Con similar to the view below with the alumi ductivity num being about 6 and the water being about 01 If the values are not right edit Note If the blue is a little dark feel the material property of the incorrect enti free to rotate a little bit to see if bet ties ter This is also a good time to re view graphics settings see Graphics Settings on page 13 2 an Figure 10 30 Beer Can Property Checks 10 84 Beer Can Example Continued or Thermal gt Model Checks gt Color by Property Value gt
135. Plot Default Rays Per Node Percen t Error Desired Rays Before Initial Error Check Energy Cutoff Fraction Nodes Oall List MAIN 1 Albedo 11 16 RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued 6 Select the Ray Plot tab Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot C Plot rays to space C Plot rays from heating source C Plot rays for surface o surface reflections Length of to space and from source rays 39 3701 in Additional Ray Filtering C Output Average Ray View Factors Only Average Ray File Name 7 Click on Plot rays to space to select it place a check mark in the box Click on Plot rays for surface to surface reflection to select it place a check mark in the box Highlight the current value in the Length of to space and from source rays field and type 12 Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Plot rays to space C Plot rays from heating source Plot rays for surface o surface reflections Length of to space and from source rays 12 in Additional Ray Filtering No filtering Only rays that hit node Only rays that hit inactive nodes C Output Average Ray View Factors Only Average Ray File Name 10 Select OK to close the dialog box RadCad Tutoria
136. RES RERE SBAKBBRB2t ett OMG BER XKXRMRS CREEAREA Alphabetic Categorized gChe 22k ag 4 Lal zz M a KA Fi Ke W fava 3 Select the Layer pulldown menu cur rently displays COM and select BUS from the pulldown menu BUS is now the current layer 4 Close the window 5 Select File gt Save 11 74 Satellite Continued Zoom and pan for a better view if desired Labels 8 9 and 10 are not needed The model should look similar to that in Fig ure 11 47 shown below or type Layer in the Command line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears a Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters Invert filter Delete Show all layers a Apply to Object Properties toolbar Current Hide details Current Layer COM Save state Restore state NAME mmmndeltt Freeze L Color Linetype Lineweight Plat Style i te 4 we CONTINUOUS A Beah oon m 180 CONTINUOUS Default O White CONTINUOUS Default g 21 CONTINUOUS Default m 42 CONTINUOUS Default m 200 CONTINUOUS Default m 20 CONTINUOUS Default of CONTINUOUS Default m 70 CONTINUOUS Default m White CONTINUOUS Default Ce KA KA oe KA K K ee Mh i WW Y ata ts ts I sid RADCAD ACTIVE lt lt Details Figure 11 47 Updated View 12 Total layers 12 Layers displayed OK Cancel Help 2 Click on the Freeze sun icon of the layer n
137. Thermal gt Preferences nodes are turned back on both the nodes and the lumps will be resequenced to The User Preferences dialog box make sure they are all unique appears Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already displayed Click on TDIRC Nodes to select it display a check mark Press OK Draw a box around all the items in the view af or Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Resequence ID s The Resequence Node IDs dialog box appears Resequence Node IDs Resequence nodes in Submodel WALL we Starting node number 45 Node number increment 1 C Add increment to existing node number Highlight the current value in the Starting node number field and type 1 if a different value is displayed Select OK 12 47 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 9 Draw a box around all the items in the view 35 or Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Resequence Fluid ID s 10 The Resequence Fluid Network IDs dialog box appears Resequence Fluid Network IDs Resequence Entities in Submodel FLOW Starting lump number 1 Lump number increment 1 Starting path number Path number increment Starting tie number Tie number increment C Add increment to existing numbers 11 Keep 1 in the Starting lump number field 12 Select OK 12 48 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Draw a box around all the items in the Now make sure the nodes temperatures view are
138. This output will be viewed later This step calculates radks for the Analysis Group Base using the Monte Carlo ray tracing method The radks will be output to the file SINDA K in the working directory Output options can be controlled with Thermal gt Radiation Calculations gt Set Radiation Analysis Data Radk Output page 11 13 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued I Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu Run the problem again A dialog box veri lations gt Calc Radks Ray Trace fying the analysis group and property file A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog i nn puis cas AAE AE on box aging T T calculated a dialog box will appear giving usana the option of adding data to this database or continuing with a brand new one 2 Select OK eee Rays shot will be cumulative for all runs if The Append Replace Database dialog Append is selected box appears Append Replace Database A database curently exists and a restart run is possible Select Append to add the results of this calculation to the existing database restart Select Replace to create a new database with the results of this calculation run The old database will be deleted Append results to existing database Replace existing database 3 Leave Append results to existing data base selected 4 Select OK 11 14 RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Radk data is output in the file SIND
139. Type 9 1 9 in the Command line Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area Type 5 0 in the Command line Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command Line area Type 0 0 3 in the Command line The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Tutorials The rectangle displayed in the drawing area 1s divided into six units long the X axis and three along the Y axis There are small circles in the center of each unit The small circles are the nodes The node display is to be turned off This step in the exercise turns off the node display starting from the Thermal menu a Note that a much faster way to tog gle the display of nodes is to use the Tog gle TD RC Node Visibility icon located at the lower the right side of the screen Note Some tool bar icons may not be visible within the Thermal Desk top window borders As with basic Windows functionality tool bars can be moved and docked as desired by the user This part of the exercise creates the cir cuit board Notice that the nodes don t line up with the aluminum plate The sign input tells the program to input a point relative to the last point input In this example the 5 0 is the same as typing 5 5 1 5 10 43 Circuit Board Example Continued 5 Click on the Cond Cap tab if not Additional information for the circuit already displayed board is to be added Thermal Model Data
140. XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 2 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 1 if different Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 2 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box The first rectangle is created 11 86 Satellite Continued Press lt Enter gt Create the second of five rectangles Note Pressing lt Enter gt recalls the create rectangle command Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label A 8 Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Figure 11 58 View After Second Rectan Click on the endpoint near label 19 Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 21 oe The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 2 15 Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 2 16 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 11 87 Satellite Continued 17 Press lt Enter gt Create the third of five rectangles Note Pressing lt Enter gt
141. a 5 Type 0 0 5 in the Command line The Extrude Revolve Planar Ele ments into Solids dialog box appears Extrude Revolve Planar Elements into Solids Even Breakdowns Options Total Distance 5 m Delete Original Planar Elements Solids created along path 1 ID incremen t for new no des 0 C Uneven Breakdowns Enter Thickness Material of each layer 6 Leave Even Breakdowns selected dot in the circle 7 Highlight the current value in the Sol ids Created along path field and type 5 10 103 Finite Element Example Continued 8 Select OK to close the dialog box 1 Type zoom in the Command line The view of the model is zoomed to the extents of the drawing area and then rotated a little bit to move the model off of the isometric view The model should look similar to the view below All Center Dynamic Extents Previous Scale Window lt real time gt appears in the Command line area Type extents in the Command line The view shifts to show the full array Type vpoint in the Command line Current view direction VIEWDIR 1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 Specify a viewpoint or Rotate lt dis play compass and tripod gt appears in the Command line area Type 1 1 0 9 in the Command line das N sal na sf A fe RA S rea Nh Nh h g sk V iA Shs i 3 hash IX The view of the extruded model is rotated Figure 10 41 Extruded Elements 10 104 F
142. abel 2 Do not select the small circle itself but the small piece of line inside the circle The ruled lines appear in the drawing area Repeat the sequence of clicking on small pieces of arcs and lines as with the previous steps for labels 1 and 2 for the following 6 labels Pressing the lt Enter gt key recalls the rulesurf command so perform this before selecting the next group of objects e Press lt Enter gt Select the arc Inside the small circle near label 11 select the line inside the small circle near label 12 Press lt Enter gt Select the arc inside the small circle near label 13 select the line inside the small circle near label 44 e Press lt Enter gt Select the arc inside the small circle near label 15 select the line inside the small circle near label 16 19 Figure 11 54 First Ruled Surface Use the right mouse button or lt Enter gt to recall the rulesurf command and construct the remaining three ruled surfaces for the left side of the battery radiator The right side has already been completed Pick the points in the order listed to make sure the active sides are pointing the right way 19 20 Figure 11 55 Remaining Ruled Surfaces 11 83 Satellite Continued or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt From AutoCAD Surface Select entity for adding thermal model data appears
143. ady been created The enclosure has a flat base 30x30 cm Three boards extend up from the base with each containing a chip producing 25 watts of heat There is a set of conductors connected to the base plate to simulate convection to an ambient temperature Two flow paths through the enclosure are created The temperature distribution in the enclosure will be computed for a given flow rate FloCad Tutorials 12 1 Air Flow Example S 3 S S S lt Z gt S 3 S S S w V 3 S 3 S T A S S ne rs S S gt Q Thermal Desktop opens with the fluid drawing on the screen Fluid Drawing Initial View Figure 12 1 Create the plenum upstream of where the fan will be located Select a location out or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Lump s exact location 9 side the enclosure without worrying about it Enter location of lump appears in the Command line area 2 Type 20 15 5 in the Command line Note Using lt Enter gt to repeat the last command create a second lump for the outlet of the fan a wre Command appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt Enter location of lump appears in the Command line area 4 Type 10 15 5 in the Command line Command appears in the Command line area Figure 12 2 Plenum FloCad Tutorials 12 2 Air Flow Example Continued C
144. al Postprocessing is done in floating view properties port mode Multiple viewports may be setup and objects can be placed in paper space such as text titles Please or Thermal gt Model Checks gee the AutoCAD documentation for more gt Color By Optical Prop Off information eos oar a 06777 J 06085 J gE 0 04744 0 04066 0 0759 0 0202 2 Foes 0E Figure 11 72 Final View Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Yes This exercise has explored various ways in which to create geometry for thermal models The next exercise computes orbital heating rates for the model just created 11 103 11 5 Orbital Heating Rates What you should learn e Calculating orbital heating rates e Viewing a model in orbit e Post processing heating rates e Adjusting the color bar while in paper space e Using the Case Set Manager to set up multiple heating rate jobs In this exercise orbital heating rates using Monte Carlo ray tracing will be computed This exercise builds on the competed satellite drawing from the previous exercise Sat ellite on page 49 The previous exercise should be completed before performing this tutorial If the previous tutorial has not been completed copy the dwg file in the satellite completed directory to a new location and use that drawing as the be
145. amed BUS to turn the layer off snowflake Click on the Freeze sun icon of the layer named Design_bus fo turn the layer off snowflake Select OK to close the dialog box 5 Select View gt 3D Views gt SE Iso metric 11 75 Satellite Continued Create the sides of the spacecraft or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol Note that the point used to define the Y ids gt Rectangle axis and the Y size of the rectangle does not have to lie directly on the Y axis of the Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the rectangle Command line area Click on the endpoint near label A g Note Remember if the cursor is po sitioned on top of an object a tool tip will appear In this case the word Endpoint will appear if the cursor is positioned correctly Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Figure 11 48 First Side Created line area Click on the endpoint near label car Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 2 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 4 Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 8 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 76 Satellite Continued or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Rectangle Origin
146. ample Continued 32 Repeat the process for the cyl t112 Use the Constraint Variables table as a reference for the max value Note If box t8 is displayed in the Solver Design Variables dialog box input field simply highlight the text and type cyl t112 When complete the Solver Constraint Variables dialog box should look simi lar to the graphic below 33 Select OK to close the Solver Con straint Variables dialog box The Case Set Information dialog box is visible An asterisk is displayed next to Constraint in the Solver Data field to show the variables have been changed 10 181 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 34 Double click on Control in the Solver For Solver Control change the Maximum Data column iterations from 100 to 200 The Solver Control Information dialog box appears Solver Control Information Required Intermediate Advanced GOAL of the solution Minimize C Maximize Target Value OBJECT to be driven toward GOAL foo 87FC Can be calculated in Procedure Maximum iterations NLOOPD 100 Solution Method ME THO Unconstrained Constrained C BFGS Feasible Directions Fletcher Reeves Sequential Linear None Sequential Quadratic Tolerance of problems NERVUS Stop at first sign of trouble C Tolerate converged stable but unbalanced thermal Tolerate also nonconvergence in Transient Tolerate also nonconvergence in Steady State
147. and line Use the pan and zoom command to posi tion the model to look like Figure 11 14 Use the right mouse button to switch between pan and zoom The cursor changes into a small hand this 1s the Pan Realtime com mand Hold down the left mouse button to ee move the model across the drawing area Click the right mouse button to display the popup menu Select ZOOM The cursor changes to a small magni fying glass with a plus and a minus sign this is the Zoom Realtime com mand Alternate between pan and zoom until the model is positioned similarly to Figure 11 14 Figure 11 14 Geometry positioning Press lt Esc gt to end the pan zoom command mode 11 36 RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation The tracker must be placed at the point that the solar array will rotate 1 or Thermal gt Articulators gt Create Tracker Enter origin of tracker appears in the Command line area 2 Hold down the lt Shift gt key and click the right mouse button fo display the right mouse popup menu 3 Select Center Enter origin of tracker _cen of appears in the Command line area 4 Click in on the left most positioned circle as shown by the arrow in Figure 11 15 Notice as the cursor moves over the circles a yellow circle appears Figure 11 15 Geometry positioning The Single Axis Tracker dialog box appears Note See Create Tracker on page 2 79 for more informat
148. and optical properties Ch or Thermal gt Thermophysi cal Properties gt Edit Property Data The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box appears Edit Thermophysical Properties Current Thermophysical Property Database c documents and settings stan my documents cr technologies tutorials_beve tutorials template completed T dT hermo tdp New property to add Add Name Cond wW m K Density kg m 3 Specific Heat J kg K Aluminum 237 2702 900 i 0 2000 837 32 fr4 2 oz copper 17 7 0 0 M1 1 0 0002591 1 water i 1000 4200 Edit Delete Copy Rename Import Cancel Help i 2 Type Default in the New property to add field Select Add The Thermophysical Properties dia log box appears Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes to the default settings The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with Default dis played in the list field Notice that Default s conductivity density and specific heat values are all 1 Edit Thermophysical Properties Current Thermophysical Property Database c documents and settings stan my documents cr technologies tutorials_beve tutorials template completed T dT hermo tdp New property to add Add Name Cond w m K Density kg m 3 Specific Heat J kg K Aluminum 237 2702 900 i D 2000 837 32 1 1 1 fr4 2 oz copper 17 7 0 0 M1 1 0 0002591 1 Water 0 6 1000 4200 Copy Rename Import Can
149. and the percentage of possible radks kept The rays shot is 200 000 since the model was run twice The effective emissivity should be equal to the emissivity input on the optical property form If the emissivity were input as angular dependent this quantity will be the integrated hemispherical emissiv ity The output is shown above in Table 11 1 SINDA K File for Parallel Plates The BiySum is a useful quantity for error checking It should be within a few percent of 100 Excessively low percentages indicate views to inactive sides or overly aggressive filtering of the smaller radk values Rays shot from both node 1 and node j are used to compute the radk between 1 and j RadCad Tutorials 11 15 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu To get an idea of how calculations are lations gt Set Radiation Analysis made plot the calculated rays on the Data model The Radiation Analysis Data dialog Set the number of rays to be a smaller box appears with the Radk Output tab value since many rays will just clutter the displayed screen Select the Control tab Also only shoot rays from Node MAIN 1 so the results can be seen Highlight the current value in the Rays per node field and type 20 Select List in the Nodes field place a dot in the circle Type MAIN 1 in the List input field Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray
150. ary layer to turn the layer off 3 Select OK to close the dialog box e Figure 12 18 Boundary Visibility Off FloCad Tutorials 12 21 Heat Pipe Example Continued Next turn off visibility of the heat loads or Thermal gt Preferences When complete the model should look similar to the view below The User Preferences dialog box appears 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab User Preferences Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options TD RC Nodes Lumps Conductors V User Defined Nodes Paths Contactors V Surfaces Ties Contact Conductance Finite Element Nodal 5 j M Pau Pipes Heat Loads Heaters Pressures Nodal Boundaries In i M Shaded Views Material Orienters Color Contours Trackers Z Assorbies Figure 12 19 Heat Load Visibility Off Select Heat Loads Heaters Pres sures to deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select OK to close the dialog box 12 22 FloCad Tutorials Heat Pipe Example Continued 1 Select Tools gt Named UCS Use a polyline to create the heat pipe in the next several steps Polylines can only be created in the xy plane of the current UCS For this example a pre prepared Py I eT UCS has been created Switch to this Current UCS World A UCS Disk The UCS dialog box appears Change to the pre prepared UCS in the plane of the heat pipe Then change to a better view The model should now
151. arying Clone Override calculations by elements surfaces C Put in sub network Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the node changes Thermal Desktop In multi edit mode only Fields that are changed are updated for all the edited objects For a field to be changed the value or string must be different than the original value For instance if the value was 60 typing in 60 or 60 0 does NOT make the Field changed If the field already has the value in the field that you want you might need to change the field to another value and then perform the same edit again and change it back to the desired value The Following Fields were determined to be changed any displayed values are in MKS units Node Type User Override Select YES to perform these changes on all edited objects Select NO to cancel this edit 6 Select Yes to confirm the changes and close the dialog box 10 124 Mapping Example Continued 1 Select the nodes on the right edge A heat load of 10 watts is to be applied to of the model by drawing a selection the nodes on the right edge of the model box from points 3 to 4 as shown in the example to the right Note As in the selection of the nodes on the left edge selection or der top to bottom versus bottom to top is not important in this case as only the nodes on the right edge are being selected in this step Sel
152. ase Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dyngait 2 Reliability Data Submodels Design Random nstrai nstrai o ol Dynamic SINDA Options C Use Dynamic SINDA Reset Symbols Upon Completion C Show Temps While Calculating Figure 10 78 Solver Data Field In this problem the components will be allowed to move in their XY locations in addition to varying the thickness of the plate Note the minimum and maximum XY values are defined to prevent the components from moving off the plate The plate thickness must be at least 1 mil SOLVER design variables for the box the cylinder and the plate must be defined Dynamic SINDA Example Continued The Solver Design Variables dialog Use the table shown below for variable box reappears with the variables for input values xbox displayed in the Solver Design Variables field OBJECT MIN VALUE MAX VALUE Global Sambal g XB OX 05 5 5 7 YBOX 0375 2625 a XCYL 03 57 YCYL 03 a TPLATE 001 25 Repeat the process for the ybox xcyl ycyl and tplate Use the SOLVER Design Variables table shown to the right as a reference Note Note that the tplate does not have a maximum value When complete the Solver Design Variables dialog box should look simi lar to the graphic below Global Symbols i 1000 05 0 10 165 c 165 te 165 0 075 3141592653589793 15 30 0 03 0
153. assembly articu attached to another assembly and the lator nesting can be infinitely deep Select objects to attach to articulator Once this occurs when the assembly is appears in the Command line area moved the geometry will move with it Create a selection box around the box Select an articulator appears in the Command line area Select objects to attach to articulator appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The geometry is attached Note The Command line reflects the change Another way to verify the objects were attached is to press lt F2 gt to view the command line text window 10 166 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 14 Draw a selection box around the box to highlight it 15 or Thermal gt Edit The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears 16 Select Articulators 1 and click on OK The Edit Assembly dialog box for BOX appears 17 Select the Trans Rot tab Edit Assembly Assembly Trans Rot Name BOX Size 0 1 IV Active Cancel Help 18 Double click in the Translation X field to display the Expression Editor dialog box F Disable Warnings for this Expression Cancel Help 19 Type xbox in the Expression field and select OK to close the dialog box Edit the box assembly Z translation is entered so that the contact conductance works properly When the editing is complete the graphic is updated in the dra
154. at origin Yes UCS per viewport Yes UTS Mame The Properties dialog box appears Note that layer 0 is the current layer 10 Select a of rectangle on the screen The Properties dialog box changes to show a list of property values 10 30 Every graphical object has properties associated with them some of which can be changed by the user as needed Dou ble clicking on an object will bring up the Properties window This form is mode less and can stay up while working in AutoCAD Tutorials Layers Continued Tools Draw Dimension Modify Window IGES STEP TH Fe amo Ml EyLaver 1i amp amp o ASHADE F a PO Laver 11 Click on the Layer pulldown menu arrow and select Layer A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears stating 7 object changed to a frozen or off layer and removed from the selection set Remember that Layerl was turned off in the Layer Properties Manager Click OK to close the Thermal Desk top AutoCAD dialog box The rectangle is no longer visible on the screen Click on the Layer pulldown menu arrow and select the On icon light bulb that is currently blue off for Layer The rectangle previously selected reappears on the screen in white Layer1 s default color Click on the X in the upper right cor ner of the Properties dialog box to close it Tutorials The Layer pulldown menu shown to the left and in Figure 10 4 can be used to manipulate some l
155. ay Plot Use the Clear Ray Plot command to delete the rays Figure 11 6 Clear Ray Display Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Yes Some additional things the user might try e Move the rectangles closer together so that multiple reflections may easily be seen e Make the optical property of the upper surface to be transmissive and then plot the rays Examine the difference between specular and diffuse transmissivity RadCad Tutorials 11 19 11 2 Space Station Oct Tree Example What you should learn e How to use oct trees to accelerate execution time e How to postprocess radk results In this example the use of Oct trees in accelerating RadCAD radiation calculations will be explored The space station model will show how changing a single oct tree parameter can significantly decrease the amount of time required to perform radiation analyses It is recommended that all users work through this example even if not employed in the aero space industry Decreasing the computational time can be applied to any type of radiation problem Space Station Oct Tree Example 1 Double click on the file spaceStation dwg located in the Tutorials OctCells folder Thermal Desktop opens with the spaceStation drawing on the screen Figure 11 7 Space Station Oct Tree Initial View 11 20 RadCad Tutorials Space S
156. ayed representing the new disk at the top of the cylinder 11 139 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued or Thermal gt Orbit gt Man age Orbits The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box appears Heating Rate Case Manager Current Heating Rate Case Add Import Delete Export Copy Edit Set Current Display Orbit Done Select Add The Create New External Heating Environ dialog box appears Create New External Heating Environ fx Hew Heating Case Name a Type Basic Orbit f Keplerian Orbit f Geo Lat Long Altitude List C Wector List Free Molecular Heating Cancel Help 3 Type Basic in the New Heating Case Name field 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 140 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued The Orbit Basic dialog box appears Orbit Basic Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Beta Angle E Angle between solar vector and plane of orbit Altitude 500 km Update Calculated orbital period 5676 98 sec OK Cancel Help Seed H The Beta angle is already set at 0 so no change needs to be made Highlight the current value in the Alti tude field and type 4000 Orbit Basic Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Beta Angle 0 Angle between solar vector and plane of orbit Altitude 4000 km Update Calculated orbital period 5676 98 sec Cancel Help 6 Select the Posit
157. ayer properties without having to open the Layer Properties Man ager These properties are Turn a layer On of Off Freeze or thaw in ALL viewports Freeze of thaw in current viewports Lock or Unlock a layer Color of layer Once a rectangle 1s selected the Color box says ByLayer Color of an entity can be changed from the By Layer set ting When changing to a different layer if no objects are selected and the layer is changed then the selected layer becomes the new current layer and all new objects will be created on that layer If one or more objects are selected when the layer is changed using the Layer pull down menu then the selected objects will be moved to the newly selected layer When an object s layer is changed to one that is not visible a warning dialog box appears Also note that when the layer of an object is changed the node associated with the object is also changed to the same layer 10 31 10 1 8 Colors Colors Just as each object has a layer associated with it an object has a color associated with it The default color for objects is set to Color By Layer which means the color of an object is the same as the color defined for the layer which is set in the Layer Properties Manager from the Layer pulldown menu or by clicking on Color in the Properties dialog box and selecting a color from the pulldown menu as noted above in Section 10 1 7 E ByLayer Ea O EpBlock E Aed O
158. be displayed describing the errors and the import will be aborted When the preprocessor is finished an input dialog box will appear prompting for a desired display resolution This dialog box controls the degree of fidelity to which non Thermal Desktop curved surfaces are modeled such as an ogive Higher resolutions use more facets per degree of curvature TRASYS surfaces will be seen being drawn on the viewport as they are read from the preprocessor output After the TRASYS model is read in the preprocessor intermediate files are automatically deleted The status of the preprocessor run is retained in the file TRASYS OUT All imported TRASYS nodes are placed into the current analysis group Use this analysis group to perform radk or view factor computations The imported model has all the data necessary to begin calculations Active side and submodel node number data may be verified using the Thermal gt Model Checks operations Each BCS is placed on its own layer Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation 1 Double click on the file trasys dwg located in the Tutorials trasys folder Thermal Desktop opens with the trasys drawing on the screen 11 32 RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation 1 Select Thermal gt Import gt Trasys Import the example TRASYS model The TRASYS Import Options dialog TMG3 INP box appears TRASYS Import Options Input File TRASYS Units m Optical Property
159. bject followed by an object identifier format OBJECTID which is unique for each object Note If the tool tip doesn t display select Tools gt Options User Preferences and make sure Display hyperlink tool tip is selected check mark in the box 10 18 Tutorials Selecting Objects Continued Still working with Figure 10 7 the cursor is positioned over the node which is located in the center of the rectangle If the cursor is positioned over the node as shown in the center graphic the tool tip still shows the rectangle as the object This is because there are two items in the pick box the dashed lines of the rectangle and the solid circles from the node The user has limited control over what will be selected in this instance however there are two methods to assist in choosing the node e Method 1 The easiest method is to move the cursor so that only the node is in the pick box as shown in the example on the farthest right of Figure 10 7 e Method 2 The second method is to select the rectangle then select Tools gt Dis play Order gt Send to Back This will make the node be the first item selected when the rectangle and the node are both in the pick box A third option is to hold down the lt Ctrl gt key which will cycle through the items available in the pick box This last option can be tedious and difficult to learn but may be worth investigating as an additional option Figure 10 7 Getting Started Selectio
160. bmodel AAAA and sums the heat flows of all the conduc tors that connect to submodel BBBB Exit Thermal Desktop and save as prompted 10 8 Simple Meshing Methods In this example some simple methods on how to create a mesh and convert it to either Thermal Desktop polygons or finite elements are introduced Simple Meshing Methods Create a new folder named mesh and start with a new thermal dwg template file 1 Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als mesh directory just created Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved 2 Rename the copied template file to mesh 3 Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the mesh drawing file icon in the mesh directory 1 Select View gt 3D Views gt Top The UCS icon reflects the new orienta tion 10 151 Simple Meshing Methods Continued The exercise begins by drawing two lines and drawing a ruled surface between the two or Draw gt Line Specify first point appears in the Com mand line area These lines could also be arcs or polylines if desired The RULESURF command draws 3D _line Specify next point or Undo surfaces between two objects point and appears in the Command line area line line and line or arc and line Type 0 1 in the Command line There are three related commands one of Speci
161. by elements surfaces C Put in sub network 5 Click on Override calculation by elements surfaces to place a check mark in the box The Type field activates Node Multi Edit Mode Submodel MAIN v Initial temp 293 15 ID Comment Type Diffusion Thermal Mass 1 C Use material Arithmetic Boundary Clone Override calculations by elements surfaces C Put in sub network Click on Boundary to place a dot in the circle Highlight the current value in the Ini tial temp field and type 373 15 10 113 Finite Element Example Continued Submodel MAIN X Initial temp 373 15 K ID Comment Type C Diffusion j Arithmetic Boundary Time varying Edit C Clone V Override calculations by elements surfaces Put in sub network Cancel Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the changes 9 Select Yes to close the dialog box 10 114 Finite Element Example Continued 10 Select from points 3 to 4 as shown earlier in Figure 10 45 and as noted below e Click the left mouse at point 3 as shown in Figure 10 45 Specify opposite corner appears in the Command line area e Click the left mouse at point 4 as shown in Figure 10 45 or Thermal gt Edit The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select Nodes 20 in the Select Type to filter field
162. ce Station Oct Tree Example Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu Since the database from the previous run lations gt Calc Radks Ray Trace already exists the program asks if the user A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog vo bp append Ere ace Cease box asking for confirmation to con me ataoa tinue appears Appending will add 500 more rays to the existing database making it 1000 total rays Replacing will replace the database Select OK to close the dialog box The Append Replace Database dialog b For this example either selection is suffi OX appears cient Append Replace Database Record the amount of time required to perform the radk calculations On a 1 5 Select Append to add the results of this calculation totoe eo eels GHz machine this run took about 137 sec Select Replace to create a new database with the results onds or about 3 0 faster of this calculation run The old database will be deleted 4 database curently exists and a restart run iz possible f Append results to existing database C Replace existing database Cancel Select the desired option place a dot in the circle Select OK Press lt F2 gt to find the time to calcu late the radks Close the text window when finished reviewing Each run shot 500 radk rays and only one parameter was different the Max oct tree subdivisions Please keep in mind that the oct tree does not effect the answers but only
163. ce the graphics in the main Thermal Desktop drawing area change to show 16 Select Display gt Onl the Model Spay A CRAE only the selected items Submodel AAAA is in the lower left of the drawing area Browser menu bar Figure 10 56 Model Browser AAAA Note It may be necessary to move the Model Browser out of the way to view the drawing area 17 Select Submodel Node Tree The message Mixed Visibility for selected items appears in the lower portion of the Model Browser This message means that although there are many objects in the submodel node tree and they are listed in the lower portion some of the selected items in the drawing area cannot be seen by the user not visible 18 Select Display gt Undo Turn Visi All the entities in the drawing are now bility Off visible 19 Select submodel BBBB The lower portion of the Model Browser changes to display the objects associated with BBBB 10 144 Model Browser Example Continued o The node IDs are displayed for submodel J or Display gt Turn Ids On on BBBB the Model Browser menu bar 20 Figure 10 57 Model Browser IDs On 21 Select Options gt Copy Selection Set to ACAD 10 activate the option if it is not already selected check mark next to it 22 Select submodel CCCC The CCCC submodel is highlighted in the drawing area and grip points are dis played Figure 10 58 Model Browser CCCC Also these entities are now
164. cel Help 11 124 Simple Satellite Demo Example 5 Type MLI in the New property to add field Select Add The Thermophysical Properties dia log box appears Highlight the current value in the Spe cific Heat cp field and type 0 Highlight the current value in the Effective Emmissivity e star field and type 0 05 Select OK The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears displaying MLI Edit Thermophysical Properties Current Thermophysical Property Database c documents and settings stan my documents cr technologies tutorials_beve tutorials template completed T dT hermo tdp New property to add Add Name Cond W mK Density kg m 3 Specific Heat J kg K 237 2702 300 0 2000 837 32 D 17 7 0 1 0 0002591 1 0 6 1000 4200 Edit Delete Copy Rename Import Cancel Help 10 Select OK 1 Select View gt 3D Views gt SE Iso metric The UCS icon reflects the change 11 125 Simple Satellite Demo Example 1 Select Thermal gt Radiation Analy sis Groups Radiation Analysis Group Manager BASE default The Radiation Analysis Group Man ager dialog box appears Select Add The Add Analysis Group dialog box appears Add Analysis Group New radiation group name Po Type Internal in the New radiation group name field Select OK to close the Add Analysis Group dialog box The Radiation Analysis Group Man ager dialog box reappears wi
165. ces dialog box appears Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already displayed Click on TD RC Nodes fo deselect it remove the check mark 4 Press OK 12 51 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Select the inlet lump upper left cor ner Note Position the cursor until the tool tip shows the lump and not the pipe or Thermal gt Edit The Lump Edit Form dialog box appears Lump Edit Form calculated by pipes oO Tank Junction at Zero Velocity Stagnant LSTAT STAG Additional Input C Override calculations by pipe 3 Highlight the current value in the Id field and type 999 Double click in the Heatload field The Expression Editor dialog box appears Select units for Heat Rate Energy Symbol Manager ime C Output Expression To SINDA C Disable Warnings for this Expression 12 52 Change the inlet lump to be a tank repre senting the volume of the entire loop Note Thats the lump that was in the red circle marked 1 in the up per left corner of the drawing area The lumps in the pipes themselves have been left as the default volumeless instantaneous junctions This efficient modeling decision is based on the speed with which fluid will be moved through the pipe network the event time is much longer than the time for a particle to move through the loop so tracking fluid itself using tanks instead of junctions is not warranted Note
166. command but this time it is not box in the N Field hichlichted necessary to reselect the box dwg file ee simply change the Name pull down to box and select OK Path LACR Select any point on the screen to place the box and then explode the box Insertion point Scale Rotation V Specify On screen Specify On screen Specify On screen 1 0000 Angle g Y 1 0000 Z 1 0000 Uniform Scale OK Cancel Help Specify On Screen in the Insertion field is already selected from the pre vious insertion Select OK to close the dialog box ae A box is attached to the cursor waiting i for insertion Figure 10 83 Second Box Inserted specify insertion point or Scale X Y h PA F d Z Rotate PScale PX PY PZ PRotate Once the second box is inserted explode appears in the Command line area it so the individual entities Click at any point on the screen to place the new box The new box appears on the screen Notice the difference in the sizes of the two boxes the first box s size was changed to 1 10 of its original size xbox_ 1 Select Modify gt Explode Select objects appears in the Com mand line area Select the newly placed box Select objects appears in the Com mand line area 35 Press lt Enter gt The second box is exploded 36 Click on various parts of the box as desired to confirm explosion and press lt Esc gt when finished 10 193 Parame
167. ct the Dynamic tab in the Case When Use Dynamic SINDA is Set Information dialog box selected the program opens a connection between SINDA and Thermal Desktop so eee ESPN EY Ee Oe ee that they can communicate to change the Dyami SINDA Options zeli ban design variable con ol Fi Use Dynamic SINDA Reset Symbols Upon Completion C Show Temps While Calculating 17 Click on Use Dynamic SINDA and Show Temps While Calculating to select them place check marks in the boxes Note Leave Reset Symbols Upon Completion selected 10 177 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 18 Double click on Design in the Solver Data column The Solver Design Variables dialog box appears 19 Double click on Xbox in the Global Symbols field The Define Variables dialog box appears Define Variables Name C Min Value Max Value Comment C Disabled Cancel 20 Select Min Value to place a check mark in the box and activate the input field 21 Type 05 in the Min Value field 22 Select Max Value to place a check mark in the box and activate the input field 23 Type 59 in the Min Value field 24 Select OK 10 178 To achieve the goal of minimizing the doubler plate mass specify which param eters must be manipulated Additional design variables and parame ters will be defined by editing several of the subroutines listed in the Solver Data field C
168. ct the disk in the drawing area Even Breakdowns Options Total Distance 4 75 in Delete Original Planar Elements e S elect T h e rm a l gt E d it Solids created along path 4 ID incremen t for new no des 100 e Inthe Thermal Model Data dia C Uneven Breakdowns we Enter Thickness Material of each layer log box select the Subdivision tab and make the corrections Click on OK Redo the extrusion 7 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 61 Beer Can Example Continued The newly created solids must be edited or Thermal gt Edit to change their material to water The properties of water are being used as an Select Objects or Indiv appears in assumption of the properties of beer the Command line area l l Only one type of object can be edited at a time The Object Selection Filter makes it The model in the drawing area is easy to select the desired object from the selected and Select Objects or Indiv lst appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt 2 Type all in the Command line The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Object Selection Filter Select Type to filter meme Additional Criteria Nodes 85 Solid Elements 64 Submodel Material Optics Analysis Group Other 4 Click on Solid Elements 64 to select it 5 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 62 Beer Can Example Continued The Solid Elements Attributes dialo
169. d line area 3 Press lt Enter gt This will still create connections in the adiabatic portion of the heat pipe between the disk and plate so a toler ance must be used to prevent nodes that are too far away from each other from being linked In other words the lowered tolerance eliminates the undesirable con tacts to the middle of the heat pipe Select To Surfaces appears in the Command line area 4 Select the disk and then the plate either order in the drawing area 5 Press lt Enter gt Th tactor dialog b i e Contactor dialog box appears The edge or surface that contact is created Contactor Commen t Conductor Submodel MAIN Contact From Faces Conduction Coefficient Conductance Area 0 Wem 2 C CVs Time 1 Vs Temp Diff C Use Absolute Conductance C Use Material C Radiation C One Way C Use Mli Nodes Conduction Coefficient Scaling C Use Pipe Circumf Scaling From 1 Pipe 1 1954 Out 12 28 Integrations Intervals 10 Tolerance 1e 022 cm Apply Surface Thickness To Test Points Testing Algorithm Point Algorithm Max Check Objects 4 Ray Trace Algorithm To 2 Disk 17E Rect 14C3 C Use Pipe Length Scaling from can be edited in the Contactor dialog box From field Double clicking on an object in the list will bring up an edit dia log box in this case the Select Edges dia log box with the choices for that object listed
170. des of the can and the top of the can Beer Can Example 1 Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als beercan directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved 2 Rename the copied template file to beercan Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the beercan drawing file icon in the beercan directory 10 55 Beer Can Example Continued Select Thermal gt Thermophysical This part of the exercise defines the ther Properties gt Edit Property Data mophysical properties for aluminum and The Edit Thermophysical Properties war dialog box appears Depending upon the Thermal Desktop Tm een platform being used and if the tutorials Curent Thenmochysical Property Detabees are being performed from the beginning aa of the tutorial chapter or randomly the Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box may already list Aluminum as fol lows New property to add Add Name Cond fw mK Density kg m 3 Specific Heat J ka K e Ifusing the Thermal Desktop standal one product Aluminum is already in the list Skip to Step 6 to add Water to the list and continue from that point Note In the future if a Material is already listed in the Edit Property Type Aluminum in the New property Data dialog box but one or more of to add field the properties is different
171. disk Define the top side of the or Thermal gt Surfaces gt disk to point in the Z direction The Disk sign is used to indicate that the point input is relative to the last picked or entered Pick or enter point for center of disk point The model should look similar to appears in the Command line area Figure 11 36 Move the cursor to the center of the circle labeled 1 until the center point snap icon becomes visible and click the left mouse button Pick or enter point for Z axis of disk appears in the Command line area Type 0 0 1 in the Command line eal Figure 11 36 Satellite After Disk Enter maximum radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Move the mouse along circle 1 until any of the snap points become visible and click the left mouse button Enter minimum radius or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Subdivision tab dis played Highlight the current value in the Angular Equal field and type 3 Select OK 11 56 Satellite Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Radiation Analy sis Groups Radiation Analysis Group Manager
172. e ing gt Animate Through Time The command can be used in conjunction with HyperCam to make a movie file see The Continuous Cycle Dialog dialog l i Animate Through Time on page 7 10 box appears Continuous Cycle Dialog Number of Cycles i C Continous Cycle Delay After Each Update 0 c Send F4 After Each Update Cancel Help 43 Select OK 44 View the screen 10 91 Beer Can Example Continued or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt PostProcessing Off The model returns to the geometric view in the drawing area 46 Select an element in the drawing This command will bring up the external XY Plotting program This program will plot the transient for nodes of the element that have been selected 47 Select Thermal gt Post Process ing gt X Y Plot Data vs Time 48 View the results Figure 10 35 XY Plotting Note The results will be different depending upon what was selected in the drawing area The user can change the nodes displayed by selecting the Data Sets gt Open com mand The nodes being displayed and any plot customization can be saved to a file that can then be brought up external to Ther mal Desktop 49 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 50 Select Yes 10 92 Try the
173. e Continued 1 Select the LWPolyline that is now visible or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Pipe Select Line Entity for Pipe Cross Sec tion Shape Definition appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt without selecting any thing in order to use the surfaces for the wall The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box appears with the Pipe Selection tab displayed Select Fluid Pipe with Surfaces for Wall display a dot in the radio button The Wall Surfaces Ids field activates Click on the Add button to the right of the Wall Surfaces Ids field Select the surfaces for the pipe wall of Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Type all in the Command line Select the surfaces for the pipe wall of Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt 12 98 An AutoCAD LWPolyline representing the centerline of the pipe has already been created on the Construction layer The line was formed simply by selecting the points in the center of the wall section that were found at the intersection of con struction lines from opposite corners of the wall and extending the line vertically after the bend The drawing should look similar to the view below Figure 12 57 Pipe Wall There will be messages in the command line area stating that the area calc failed three times at about distance of 10 22 This indicates a problem with the closure of the pipe wall at that di
174. e Total number of items field and type 3 if needed 7 Select OK to close the Array dialog box 8 Select File gt Save 11 69 Satellite Continued Turn on Design bus and Design com lay L or type Layer in the Command 1S line Turn off the Design xlink layer The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears x Layer Properties Manager Invert filter Delete 4 Apply to Object Properties toolbar Current Hide details f Current Layer COM Save state Restore state z Name Linetype Lineweight Plot Style Ph A M T E a ee CONTINUOUS c Darau oe ARRAYS fe CONTINUOUS Default SHADE i CONTINUOUS Default hyk o CONTINUOUS Default COM CONTINUOUS Default DESIGN_ARRAYS CONTINUOUS Default g DESIGN_BUS CONTINUOUS Default DESIGN_COM CONTINUOUS Default DESIGN_XLINK CONTINUOUS Default EE Ra ACTIVE i CONTINUOUS Default co Detas Figure 11 44 Layer Visibility Changed 12 Total layers 12 Layers displayed OK Cancel Help 2 Click on the Freeze snowflake icon of the layer named DESIGN_BUS 0 turn the layer on sun 3 Click on the Freeze Snowflake icon of the layer named Design_COM o turn the layer on sun 4 Click on the Freeze sun icon of the layer named DESIGN_XLINK to turn the layer off snowflake 5 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 70 Satellite Continued
175. e and the menu s will also be different and will match the Thermal Desktop tutorials 4 Note that even though you are using regular AutoCAD you can import IGES and STEP by typing in the command it may not be in the pulldown IGESIN is the command for IGES and STEPIN is the command for STEP Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 1 13 1 1 AutoCAD Mechanical 2D Meshing Capability AutoCAD Mechanical has a built in 2D Mesher Please note that you must be using AutoCAD Mechanical to use the mesher and cannot be using just regular AutoCAD as described in Running Thermal Desktop with AutoCAD Mechanical or AutoCAD Mechan ical Desktop on page 13 1 The user can use the AMFEA2D command to make the mesh and then can convert it to Thermal Desktop Finite Elements with the Thermal gt FD FEM Network gt Convert AutoCAD Surface to Nodes Elements The following steps can be followed to use this mesher 1 Create a simple AutoCAD rectangle NOT A Thermal Desktop Rectangle 2 Create a simple AutoCAD circle somewhere inside the rectangle 3 Type in the command AMFEA2D the program will prompt you for an Interior point so select somewhere inside the rectangle and outside the circle Follow that with an Enter and the dialog box will come up 4 Inthe bottom left of the dialog box is a Mesh box It has a single input which 1s the only meshing parameter that you can use A larger value makes a coarser mesh while a smaller n
176. e drawing area Press lt Delete gt The mesh is deleted and original two lines are displayed 10 156 Delete the mesh and use the SURFTAB1 command to change the polygons from 6 to 3 SURFTABI1 controls how many polygons that will be displayed when the mesh is converted Use RULESUREF to remesh and create 3 polygons I Figure 10 68 After Rulesurf Delete the mesh again Simple Meshing Methods Continued Draw another set of lines 29 JZ or Draw gt Line _line Specify first point appears in the Command line area Type 0 0 in the Command line Specify next point or Undo appears in the Command line area Type 1 0 in the Command line Figure 10 69 specify next point or Undo appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt A line connecting the first two lines along the X axis displays in the draw ing area or Draw gt Line Specify first point appears in the Com mand line area Type 0 1 in the Command line Specify next point or Undo appears in the Command line area Type 1 2 in the Command line Specify next point or Undo appears in the Command line area 36 Press lt Enter gt A fourth line displays in the drawing area es Another Set of Lines 10 157 Simple Meshing Methods Continued 37 Type EDGESUREF in the Command These steps create a 3x6 mesh The line SURFTAB2 parameter could be changed to change the 6 breakdown to
177. e view below Select pipe s to show area appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Figure 12 59 Show Path Area Note in the vertical section the red area three down from the top is not a complete rectangle This is because the wall of the pipe has a hole in the side of the pipe We need to add a dummy surface here to close off the pipe Change the shading to see the hole better or View gt Shade gt Gouraud Use Gouraud Shading to see it Shaded Figure 12 60 Shading Changed 12 100 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 5 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools This will erase all rays shown for the path gt Clear Path Area area calculations and for radiation calcu lations Figure 12 61 Rays Cleared Keep this surface with the rest of the wall or Format gt Layer The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Select the Wall layer to highlight it Note The current layer is the Pipe layer Select Current to make this layer where the next objects will be created Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box Turning on the selection filter will make Me or Thermal gt Modeling it easier to only display the nodes in the next step Tools gt Toggle Selection Filter Note Confirmation that the filter is on appears in the Command line ar ed 11 View gt Shade gt 2D WireFrame Change back to 2D wireframe 12 101 FEM Walled Pipe Example Cont
178. e Command line area Type 6 in the Command line Zoom in close enough to easily see the arcs lines inside the small circles if desired Press lt Esc gt to end the zoom function Select Draw gt Surfaces gt Ruled Surface Select first defining curve appears in the Command line area Click on the arc line inside the small circle near the label 1 Do not select the small circle itself but the small piece of the arc inside the circle Select second defining curve appears in the Command line area 11 82 Change the default optics for the new sur face about to created The surftab1 variable controls how meshes are faceted for ruled and revolved surfaces The default is 6 It may be necessary to zoom in closer for proper selection near 1 and 2 Ruled surfaces are constructed from two curves The ruling lines are drawn from the closest endpoints selected clicked on on the curves For example if the user picked near the left endpoint of the straight line segment for the second curve the ruled surface would appear to be twisted Sometimes curves have an intrinsic orientation If the ruled surface comes out twisted even though the apparently correct endpoints were selected try picking at the other end or reverse the end point selections Be sure to pick the arc and the line seg ment and not the two small circles Satellite Continued 4 Click on the line inside the small circle near the l
179. e Profile dialog for different AutoCAD applications This box appears dialog box will not come up if Thermal The About Thermal Desktop Desktop is already the current profile RadCAD FIoCAD dialog box appears Finally the About Thermal Desktop displaying version license author and screen displays which version of the soft C amp R Technologies information ware 1s installed and what the user has a About Thermal Desktop RadCAD FloCAD i license for Version Thermal Desktop 4 7 Patch 41 License Thermal Desktop Radcad Flocad Installed Sinda Sinda Fluint 4 7 patch level 11 Compilerless written by For more information contact Tim Panezak Cullimore and Ring Technologies Inc Steve Ring 3 Red Fox Lane Mark Welch Littleton CO 80127 USA Dave Johnson 303 567 4514 info ertech com With support from Marshall Space Flight Center or visit our web site at ontact William Til ED65 www crtech com 2 Select OK on the About Thermal Desktop RadCAD FloCAD dialog box 10 10 Tutorials User Interface Continued Figure 10 4 shows the opening default screen with the exception that the drawing background is white instead of black The change in color is to facilitate the reproduc tion of this manual Much of the screen utilizes standard Windows elements such as title bars a main menu bar and various toolbars The Thermal menu contains all of the commands specific to Thermal Desktop The other menu options located on the m
180. e area nals would cross 3 Select node 2 the node to the left of the first node 2 Select Objects appears in the Com mand line area 4 Select node 3 the node above the first node oa Co Co E A Select Objects appears in the Com mand line area Figure 10 37 Node Selection Order 5 Select node 4 the node to the right of the first node When the element is created the view Select Objects appears in the Com should be similar to that below mand line area 6 Press lt Enter gt to end the selection process Lines appear on the screen connecting the four nodes Z s Figure 10 38 Quad Element 10 97 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select the new quad element to highlight it or Thermal gt Edit The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Thermal Model Data Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment Analysis Group Name Active Side BASE both Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT Top Side Ovenides Bottom Side Overides 3 Select the Cond Cap tab Thermal Model Data Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment Generate Nodes and Conductors Cond Submodel MAIN v Gen Nodes Based on material property Material Thickness m DEFAULT 0 001 Multipliers Density U or X Cond VorYCond Material Orientation name aniso FEM only W or Z Cond Click on the arrow next to the Mate
181. e check mark 11 Click on Temperatures in the Out put for Color Postprocessing and XY Plots field to deselect it remove the check mark These runs can quickly generate a lot of data if these are left on The temperatures will still be able to be seen while it calcu lates 10 175 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 12 Select the SINDA tab in the Case Set Replace the current OPERATIONS input Information dialog box text with CALL SOLVER Case Set Information Case Set 0 Note CALL SOLVER is a FOR on TRAN program and must start in Build OPTIONS FLOW the 7th column Submodels CONTROL CYL REGISTER OPERATIONS SUBROUTINE OTHER Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments 13 Double click on OPERATIONS in the Global S F Input field The Operations Data dialog box appears CALL TDHTR Hold Heater Temps for steady state CALL STEADY CALL TDREL Release heaters for transient 14 Highlight the existing the text in the first line from TDHTR and the other lines of text and type SOLVER Note By leaving the word CALL on the first line it wasn t highlighted the resulting textis CALL SOLVER 10 176 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued CALL SOLVER 1s all that remains as input text Operations Data Edit Search CALL SOLVEH 15 Select OK to close the Operations Data dialog box 16 Sele
182. e command selecting near selected at the X axis for both of the lines Select the second line Connecting lines a mesh appear between the two lines se l a Figure 10 65 Incorrect Mesh 10 153 Simple Meshing Methods Continued 13 Select Thermal gt Surfaces Solids gt From AutoCAD Surface Select entity for adding thermal model data appears in the Command line area 14 Select a point on the mesh Select entity for adding thermal model data appears in the Command line area 15 Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears 16 Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes A node appears on the mesh 10 154 Make a set of polygons from the new entity After completing these steps notice that while there are 6 polygons only a single node represents all of them By default these surfaces are represented by a single node Each facet of the con verted surface may be a separate node by using the Toggle Mesh Nodalization functionality the next functionality to be covered Simple Meshing Methods Continued 17 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools At the completion of these steps there are gt Toggle RD Mesh Nodalization now 6 nodes representing the polygons Select FD Meshes to toggle nodaliza tion appears in the Command line area 18 Draw a box around the entity to select the polygons Select FD Meshes to toggle nodaliza tio
183. e will be created in the next steps The second and third lines will be copied from the first line Figure 12 29 First Lateral Line Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 5 Select the new line to highlight it Convert the first lateral line into a FloCAD Pipe using the same dimensions etc as the previous line EXCEPT that a 6 or Thermal gt Fluid Model thicker wall pipe different schedule is ing gt Pipe used That way the laterals being created Select Line Entity for Pipe Cross Sec will have the same outer diameter as the tion Shape Definition appears in the manifold lines but less flow area smaller Command line area inner diameter for more even flow distri bution 7 Press lt Enter gt ani The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box appears with the Pipe Attributes tab displayed 8 Select the Pipe Selection tab 9 Confirm that Fluid Pipe with wall is selected the default on the Pipe Selection tab 10 Select the Subdivision tab 11 Highlight the current default value of 4 in the Pipe Length Equal field and type 15 12 Select the Node Numbering tab 13 In the Both Sides and End Nodes fields click on the arrows next to the Submodel fields and select WALL from the pulldown menus 14 Select the Pipe Attributes tab 15 Click on the arrow next to the Sub model field and select Water from the pulldown menu 16 Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial Properties field and select Cop
184. eck mark from the box Select OK to close the User Prefer ences dialog box RadCad Tutorials 11 7 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued These steps copy the bottom plate to make the upper plate which 1s located 12 inches L or Modify gt Copy above the bottom See the AutoCAD help Select objects appears in the Com for more options for the copy command mand Line area The copy command is also available from 2 Click on any part of the rectangle a toolbar icon The rectangle is selected and Select A second plate is created The thermal objects appears in the Command Line model information entered for the first area plate is also copied to the second The sec ond plate is therefore also a Thermal lt gt 3 Press lt Enter gt Desktop surface Specify base point or displacement or Multiple appears in the Command Line area 4 Type 0 0 12 in the Command line Specify second point of displacement or lt use first point as displacement gt appears in the Command Line area 5 Press lt Enter gt 6 or View gt Zoom gt Extents F gure 11 2 Second Plate Created 11 8 RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued These steps change the active side of the or Thermal gt Edit surface in the surface group BASE to be active on the bottom Z side The active Select Objects of Indiv appears 1n side for this surface in the surface group the Command line area
185. ect Thermal gt FD Fem Network gt Heat Load on Nodes Figure 10 49 Selection Points The Heat Load Edit Form dialog box appears Note Because of the top view of the model once the heat load has been 7 applied it appears the nodes change sesnedt AR E color from white to red If the model Heat Load WI is rotated to look at from another Value 0 _TimeDep I Use Time Dep i enor angle small red arrows are dis played which give the illusion of the red nodes from the top view Heat Load Edit Form MAIN 23 18 If the model is rotated back to a top MAIN 31 11D e e MAIN 30 108 view the nodes appear white in color MAIN 32 117 MAIN 34 136 aN 1a again with small spots of red Cancel Help 3 Highlight the current value in the Heat Load W Value field and type 10 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 125 Mapping Example Continued Use the Case Set Manger to process a steady state solution on the problem L or Thermal gt Case Set Man ager The primary purpose of the Case Set Manager is to allow the user to set up dif ferent thermal analyses cases and to have the calculations made from doing radia tion calculations to creating and running the SINDA model to postprocessing tem peratures with the click of a single button When the Run Case button is clicked Thermal Desktop will first calculate the radiation conductors and heating rates for all of the tasks set
186. efault CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS Default CONTINUOUS Default m DESIGN_ARRAYS DESIGN_BUS DESIGN_COM DESIGN_XLINK RADCAD ACTIVE lt Figure 11 38 Satellite After Com Layer Current TELEL DK a oe BOL EE Er Ys Mita ta its Ft Its Its IS Details 12 Total layers 12 Layers displayed OK Cancel Help Notice the current layer is still XLINK upper left area of dialog box Click on the layer named Com to highlight it Select Current Com is now the current layer Notice that both Com s On lightbulb and Freeze sun icons are turned on Click on the Freeze sun icon of the XLINK layer to turn the layer off change sun to a snowflake Select OK to close the dialog box 11 61 Satellite Continued 6 Select View gt 3D Views gt Top Switch to plane view Figure 11 39 Plane View of Model 11 62 Satellite Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Radiation Analy Create an analysis group for the inside of sis Groups the spacecraft Radiation Analysis Group Manager External default The Radiation Analysis Group Man ager dialog box appears Select Add Add Analysis Group New radiation group name The Add Analysis Group dialog box appears Type Internal in the New radiation group name field Select OK to close the Add Analysis Group dialog box The Radiation Analysis Group Man ag
187. endent LOSS Choked Flow C Use Throat Area Throat Area AFTH Oe 17 Double click in the Loss Coeffi cient FK field The Expression Editor dialog box appears Expression Editor Select units for Symbol Manager Expression Group general Enviol Comment C Output Expression To SINDA C Disable Warnings for this Expression Cx Cael Cet 12 59 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 18 Click on the arrow for the field located to the right of the Insert button and select Ksystem a predefined sym bol from the pulldown menu 19 Click on the Insert button Ksystem is displayed in the Expres sion field 20 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box The Path Loss Edit Form dialog box Loss Coefficient field now displays 500 in bold type The use of bold type signifies an underlying expression 21 Double click in the input field located to the right of the User Specified check box in the Flow Area AF field The Expression Editor dialog box appears 22 Click on the arrow for the field located to the right of the Insert button and select Farea a predefined symbol from the pulldown menu 23 Click on the Insert button Farea is displayed in the Expression field 24 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box 12 60 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The Path Loss Edit Form dialog box User Specified field now displays 0 056
188. enu bar contain commands created by AutoCAD many of which are standard Windows commands The AutoCAD commands MOVE COPY ARRAY etc work on the Thermal Desktop objects As with other Windows based applications most of the commonly used menu com mands have associated toolbars displaying icons corresponding to menu commands Toolbars provide quick access for the user to perform a command There is no differ ence between using a pulldown menu versus using a toolbar icon to perform a com mand The toolbars are arranged in three primary groups e Toolbars located on the left of the screen are used for creating entities such as sur faces nodes lumps and conductors e The toolbars located on the right of the screen are used to edit the entities as well as change what is viewed such as active sides and post processing e The toolbars located at the top of the screen are used to open and save files manip ulate layers and also to rotate pan zoom a view To learn what each icon on the toolbar represents position the cursor over an icon and then stop moving the mouse When the cursor pauses over an icon a short text descrip tion called a tool tip is displayed The tool tip shown in Figure 10 4 at the top left shows the command to create a Thermal Desktop rectangle At the lower left of the graphics area the UCS User Coordinate System icon 1s dis played All points input and displayed are in this coordinate system In this display
189. er random number seed This will help the l l program give consistent results from radk The Case Set Information dialog box nun tataderai appears Select Edit Select the Radiation Tasks tab if not already visible Select Add A radk job displays in the Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method field Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments 7 Options Remove ye Re use calculated data if valid otherwise recalculate Copy Properties Recalculate data current database will be replaced Add Change Tasks Change Add rays to database if ge possible otherwise recalculate Radks te 2 accurracy of current database will be refined Analysis Group BASE v Orbit Always reuse data no testing performed Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method Method Monte Carlo Progressive Cancel Select Properties The Radiation Analysis Data dialog box appears Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Spin Overlapping Surfaces Default Rays Per Node Percent Error Desired Rays Before Initial Error Check Energy Cutoff Fraction Nodes Positions Al OK Cancel Help OK cme Hee 10 174 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 6 Select the Advanced Control tab Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Spin
190. er dialog box reappears with Inter nal displayed in the analysis group list field Select OK to the close the Radiation Analysis Group Manager dialog box 11 63 Satellite Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Surface Make the default analysis groups to be top Defaults side external and inside internal All The Thermal Model Data Defaults newly created surfaces will have these dialog box appears defaults Thermal Model Data Defaults A little bit of pre thinking can save lots of Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment work down the rea d Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT 2 Select the Radiation tab to if not already highlighted 3 Select external both in the Analysis Group Name Active Side field to high light it if not already highlighted 4 Select Edit The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Edit Active Side Top Out Bottom ln Both None will reflect and absorb energy Not in analysis group Not part of the calculations 5 Select the Top Out radio button 6 Select OK to close the Edit Active Side dialog box dialog box The Radiation tab information is dis played with External top out high lighted in the Analysis Group Active Side field 7 Select Internal n a to highlight it 11 64 Satellite Continued 8 Select Edit The Edit Active Side dialog box appears
191. er drawing file icon in the Parameterized Box For Insert directory 10 187 Parameterized Box Example Continued 4 Select Insert gt Block Bring the box drawing into the template The Insert dialog box appears COPY Each user will have a somewhat different Bowe image appear in the drawing area because rts se Roson of the insertion point selections but in po x o l lae fg general the drawing should appear simi I lar to the drawing below once zoomed z fi o000 EERI extents is performed 5 Select Browse The Select Drawing File dialog box appears with two drawings displayed in the drawing field 6 Select box dwg to highlight it Select Open Ae ae The Insert dialog box reappears with Figure 10 81 Box Drawing box displayed in the Name field 8 Select Specify On Screen in the Insertion field place a check mark in the box if not already selected 9 Select OK to close the dialog box Specify insertion point or Scale X Y Z Rotate PScale PX PY PZ PRotate appears in the Command line area 10 Click at any point on the screen to place the box A close view of a box corner appears in the drawing area 11 or Zoom gt Extents 10 188 Parameterized Box Example Continued 12 Select Modify gt Explode Explode the box so that it is no longer an AutoCAD Block but are individual Ther Select objects appears in the Com A J PP mal De
192. erial Thickness in Multipliers DEFAULT 00393701 Density a UorXCond 1 xi VorYCond f C O WerZ Cond ft 10 Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select Aluminum from the pulldown menu 11 Highlight the current value in the Thickness field and type 05 12 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 13 or View gt Zoom gt Extents Generate Nodes And Conductors must be selected to change the material and the thickness At the end of these steps the screen should look similar to the view below lt gt ro pa Y SS SE Figure 10 12 Aluminum Plate 10 42 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued Li or Thermal gt Preferences The Thermal Preferences dialog box appears 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab Units Graphics Visibilty Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options M TD RC Nodes Lumps M User Defined Nodes Paths M Surfaces Ties Pipes Heat Loads Heaters Pressures Material Orienters Trackers HAA Aawa fs M Assemblies Select All Deselect All Click on TD IRC Nodes fo deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select OK to close the User Prefer ences dialog box The nodes are no longer displayed or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Rectangle Command _RcRectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area
193. ermal Desktop is initialized in the model When they are set AutoCAD will create the ASHADE layer in the model If the ASHADE layer already exist in the model then Thermal Desktop will not try to reset the values If the user desires to have Thermal Desktop set the values to same as described above they can enter the command RcLight If you are using AutoCAD 2000 about the best you can do is set Enable Materials to on form from the RcSetGraphics command Other than that rendering the model to make a picture is the best option Try RcRender 13 5 Speed Issues Wall Clock and CPU There are many different things that can effect the speed of the program Issues might arise just working with a model inside of AutoCAD Other issues might be in the generation of Cond Cap data while another might be radiation calculations Finally you might want to speed up your SINDA run Details of each section can be found below 1 The number one problem with speed that people find is usually due to running models across a network Usually the situation is that the files on the server are 13 6 Interfacing with AutoCAD backed up but the local machine is not The best way around this problem is to leave the dwg file on the server but to run your radiation and SINDA jobs on the local machine This can easily be done from the Case Set Manager see Case Set Information Advanced Tab on page 6 15 Some users have reported
194. ers so that when the tracker is manipu Articulat lobally turned Pe ee lated the geometry will not move with it off see confirmation of this in the Command line area 1 Select the articulator The articulator is highlighted the lines become dashed lines and blue grip boxes appear along the X Y and Z axis 2 Click on the grip point at the end of the X axis Red Specify stretch point or Base point Copy Undo exXit appears in the Com mand line area Figure 11 25 Articulator Grip Editin Note A yellow box appears in the g p g middle of the cursor when placed over the grip box The yellow box becomes thicker when the cursor is positioned over the grip point and the grip box becomes red once it s selected A rubberband line at taches the cursor to the first select ed grip point and moves as the cur sor moves 3 Move the cursor to the grip point on the end of the Y axis Green and click the left mouse button to select it RadCad Tutorials 11 45 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation Select Thermal gt Articulators gt Manual manipulation of the articulators is Toggle Global Activation now complete and they must be turned The articulators are now globally back on turned back on Create the articulator to account for move L or Thermal gt Articulators gt Ment around the planet Create Tracker When these steps are complete the model Enter origin of tracker
195. es 11 135 11 7 Orbital Maneuvers Imagine analyzing a telescope and at certain positions in the orbit it is preferable to have a lens cover of the telescope open and at other times the lens cover closed The following example will demonstrate how this can be done by programming an assembly to accomplish this task Orbital Maneuvers Example 1 Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als OrbitalManeuvers directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved 2 Rename the copied template file to maneuvers Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the maneuvers drawing file icon in the Orbital maneuvers directory 11 136 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued Create a cylinder using the default values or Thermal gt Surfaces gt Shown in the Command line Cylinder Pick or enter point for base of cylin der lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Pick or enter point for top of cylinder appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Figure 11 87 New Cylinder Enter radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area At the current view the cylinder appears small but notice the top and bottom of the cylinder are displayed with solid lines and Enter start angle or pick enter point a dotted line i
196. eta angle of 30 degrees The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box appears 2 Select Add The Create New External Heating Environ dialog box appears 3 Type beta30 in the New Heating Case Name field 4 Select OK to close the dialog box The Orbit beta30 dialog box appears Orbit beta90 Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Beta Angle lo Angle between solar vector and plane of orbit Altitude 500 km Update Calculated orbital period 5676 98 sec Select the Basic Orbit tab Highlight the current value in the Beta Angle field and type 30 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 117 Orbital Heating Rates Continued The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box reappears 8 Select Display Orbit Figure 11 79 Orbit Displayed Use the Case Set Manager to set up two L or Thermal gt Case Set Man radiation jobs ager The Case Set Manager dialog box appears 2 Select Edit The Case Set Information Case Set 0 dialog box appears with the Radiation tab displayed 11 118 Orbital Heating Rates Continued 3 Click on the Heating Rates radio button to select it place dot in the cir cle The Orbit field activates 4 Select Add beta30 displays in the Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method field Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Pro
197. ete Export Copy Edit Set Current oe 2 Select Add The Create New External Heating Environ dialog box appears Create Hew External Heating Environ fx New Heating Case Mame Type Basic Orbit 0 Keplerian Orbit 0 Geo Lat Long Altitude List 0 Wector List C Free Molecular Heating Cancel Help 3 Type Test in the New Heating Case Name field 4 Select OK to close the Create New External Heating Environ dialog box RadCad Tutorials Create an orbit with a beta angle of zero New orbits are created using the Orbit Manager Multiple orbit definitions can be created and saved under a user defined name Orbit definitions are stored in the drawing file along with the model geome try Rotate the entire model by 90 degrees about the Z axis This will put the solar panels in a position so that they can track the sun Figure 11 17 New Orbit Rotated 90 Note More information about cre ating orbits may be found in Chap ter 8 Working with External Heat ing Environments 11 39 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation The Orbit Test dialog box appears Orbit Test Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Beta ngle D Angle between solar vector and plane of orbit Altitude 500 km Update Calculated orbital period 5676 98 sec Orbit Test Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Pointing Additional Rotati
198. ewing the rectangle solid lines appears are visible around the outside of the rect Thermal Model Data angle In the center of the rectangle is a node Dashed lines from the sides of the foe ee rectangles to the nodes may or may not be Si o0 visible These dashed lines represent the node locations Enter interior nodal boundaries as fraction from gt 0 0 to lt 1 0 Cancel Help Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes The rectangle is created 10 14 Tutorials Graphical Objects Continued E AutoCAD 2002 Drawing1 dwg File Edit View Insert Format Tools Draw Dimension Modify Window Image Thermal Help osa ee ever O G TletkeQaQiujaslr Dashed Lines Solid Lines MEADOR Ree lt a Rectangle sori ue mue w x SS ON2PN10 03 096 0 BBodOC5n OMGBER KXXRKRS OR oO P Pa A ry 4 ptt D o g T P 7 gt i 4 2 ay h 5 6015 3 7892 0 0000 SNAP GRID ORTHO POLAR OSNAP OTRACK LWT MODEL Figure 10 5 Getting Started Building a Rectangle The rectangle in Figure 10 5 has arrows pointing to dashed lines and solid lines The solid lines represent the node boundaries and the dashed lines represent the lines that the node resides on The user can control how many dots are used to represent the dashed lines with the LTSCALE command When the geometry gets very complicated sometimes it is easier to select a su
199. f the screen so that the view port does not overlap the color bar or the color bar label 6 Click the left mouse button to accept the position 7 or Zoom gt Previous 11 113 Orbital Heating Rates Continued 8 Click on the color bar associated with Experiment with moving the color bar the model in the drawing area to high around and changing its size After light it switching back to model space zoom the viewport to reposition the model in the 9 Position the cursor on the lower left new viewport location grip hold down the left mouse button and drag the color bar a little bit to the left and down 10 Click the left mouse button when satis fied with the position of the color bar 11 Position the cursor on the upper right grip hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor to the right to increase the width and text size 12 Continue dragging the cursor up to increase the size 13 Drag the cursor all the way over to the lower right hand corner until the width becomes greater than the height Notice that the colorbar automati cally switches to a horizontal format as the width grows greater than the height 14 Click the left mouse button when satis fied with the size 15 On the bottom status bar of the screen click on the PAPER button It will change back to read MODEL 16 or Zoom gt Extents 11 114 Orbital Heating Rates Continued 1 Select View gt 3D Views gt SE Iso
200. field and type 656285 6 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 74 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select the new conductor This part of the exercise moves the con ductor to the Conductor layer that was re turned off in the previous step Doing this 2 or type Properties in the Com will make the display less cluttered mand line Note The menu selection Tools gt Properties or lt Ctrl gt lt 1 gt may also be used The Properties window for the con ductor appears RCCONDUCTOR Alphabetic Categorized E Color O ByLayer 0 1 0000 3 Click in the Layer field and then click on the Layer arrow and select Con ductors from the pulldown menu 10 75 Beer Can Example Continued The Properties window goes blank and a Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the change Thermal Desktop 1 object changed to a Frozen or off layer and removed From the selection set Select OK to confirm the change and close the dialog box The conductor moves to the Conduc tor layer which is turned off and dis appears from the screen The Properties window display changes to No selection 5 Close the Properties window 10 76 Beer Can Example Continued or Thermal gt FD Fem Net work gt Node To Surface Con ductor Note the menu selection Tools gt Properties or the shortcut keys lt Ctrl gt lt I gt may also be used Select node a
201. field and type 837 32 18 Highlight the current value in the Density field and type 2000 Tutorials Zero values 0 for specific heat will make the nodes arithmetic The chip will be a single node Therefore the chip s internal conductivity is not used for these calculations These values are approximations that are not really indicative of any particular chip 10 39 Circuit Board Example Continued 19 Select OK to close the Thermophysi cal Properties dialog box The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with chip and the above values displayed in the main property description field 20 Select OK to close the Edit Thermo physical Properties dialog box The model is to be built in inches 0 or Thermal gt Preferences Notice that the energy units are in Joules time in seconds thus the energy rate units The User Preferences dialog box are Watts appears The properties set earlier have been con Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced verted to inch In units Units Output Units For FLUINT Models Model Length C Dont scale model to new length units Temperature Derived Units Specific Heat J kg K Eneray onductance W m K Note Only used if a FLUINT model kg m 3 exists Time W m 2 Mass Orbital Length Pressure a 0 E o A eee Force 2 Select the Units tab if not already dis played Click on the arrow next to the Model
202. fixed conductance heat pipe FCHP Radiation has been neglected and the heated ring therefore has no other route for heat to leave other than through the heat pipe The ring outer diameter is 8 cm and the inner diameter is 2 cm and it is 0 1cm thick a value which has been parameterized as the Thermal Desktop symbol HotThk in case it must be changed The cooling plate is 10cm wide by 15cm long by 0 5cm thick similarly pa rameterized as PlateThk The power on the disk is currently 25 as determined by current value of the symbol Power 12 20 FloCad Tutorials Heat Pipe Example 1 Double click on the file heatpipe dwg located in the Tutorials heatpipe folder Thermal Desktop opens with the heatpipe drawing on the screen Figure 12 17 Initial View The disk and plate have already been generated along with the heat load on the disk and the convection environment on the plate The units for this model are Watts sec onds cm and C The current drawing shows the disk and plate along with the heat load on the disk L or type Layer in the Command line or select Format gt Layer and the convection conductor on the plate The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears To prepare to add the heat pipe turn off the visibility of some distracting ele Note Plates is the current layer ments First turn off the layer containing 2 Click on the On lightbulb and the convection boundary Freeze sun icons of the Bound
203. for use in future thermal analysis tasks Creating and then using a template drawing starts a new analysis with an environment set to pre determined preferences helping to keep drawings consistent and easy to use Before beginning a new thermal analysis task copy the template to a directory chosen to store the work for that particular task or project Once a copy is made rename the copied template drawing to a meaningful name related to the thermal task or project Then start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the renamed drawing file Thermal Desktop will start with the preferences saved in the template and the current working directory will be set to the directory which contains the drawing file All database files created by Thermal Desktop for view factors radiation conductors and orbital heating rates will be placed in this working directory Important If Thermal Desktop is not launched using the drawing file for the task and instead is started from the AutoCAD Icon the current working directory will be the Thermal Desktop in stallation directory This is not recommended since multiple thermal analysis tasks may overwrite each other s database files Data stored in the AutoCAD installation directory may also be lost when installing future upgrades The following exercise creates a template file with preferences set to be convenient for working with Thermal Desktop The user is encouraged to experiment with the available options as a
204. fy next point or Undo appears which will be used later in this exercise in the Command line area EDGESURF Draws a 3D polygon mesh Press lt Enter gt bordered by 4 edges Type 0 0 in the Command line The first line displays in the drawing REVSURF Draws a 3D surface of revo area lution TABSURE Draws a 3D tabulated sur i face or Draw gt Line _line Specify first point appears in the Command line area Type 1 0 in the Command line Specify next point or Undo appears in the Command line area Type 1 2 in the Command line Specify next point or Undo appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt A second line displays in the drawing area 10 152 Simple Meshing Methods Continued 10 Type RULESURF in the Command A mesh has been created between the 2 line lines This mesh could then be converted to Thermal Desktop polygons or finite Note The menu selection Draw gt elements Surfaces gt Ruled Surface may also be used Select first defining curve appears in Y the Command line area Select the first line Note Select the line at either the top x or the bottom of the line Specify second defining curve Figure 10 64 Mesh Created appears in the Command line area Note If the lines looked crossed then different ends of the lines were Note Select the second line at same selected Undo lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt and end of the line that the first line was redo th
205. g box appears Comment Material Aluminum Material Orienter Cond submodel MAIN Multiplication Factors Density x Conductivity Y Conductivity Z Conductivity Cancel Help 6 Click on the arrow next to the Material field and select Water from the pull down menu 7 Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change 8 Read the content of the dialog box and select Yes 10 63 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt FD Fem Network gt Surface Coat Free Solid Faces Select the solids for free face calcula tions appears in the Command line area Type all in the Command line Select the solids for free face calcula tions appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt 8 free tri faces found 40 free quad faces found appears in the Command line area The Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Element Edit Mode dialog box appears Radiation Cond Cap Contact insulation Comment Analysis Group Name Active Side BASE __ top out Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT Top Side Overides Bottom Side Ovenides Click on the Cond Cap tab Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select Aluminum from the pulldown menu Highlight the current value in the Thickness field and type 03 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 64 P
206. g box 12 104 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued Add this new element to the surfaces of 1 or Thermal gt Model the pipe Using the model browser is the easiest way to be able to edit the pipe and add this one new surface Browser Note Or maximize the Model Browser if minimized earlier Leave the display as it is Although it s fine to return visibility to many of the 2 Using the Model Browser menu objects if desired it isn t necessary select List gt Pipes After adding the Dummy surface to the Expand pipe 1 click on the sign list edit the surface in the list so that no 4 Select pipe name to highlight it sides are active The surface will then only be used for the area calculation but will not have any heat transfer associated 5 or Edit gt Edit using the Model with it Browser tool bar or menu The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box appears 6 Select the Pipe Selection tab if not already displayed 7 Click on the Add button located to the right of the Wall Surfaces Ids field Select the surfaces for the pipe wall or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Note It may be necessary to move the Model Browser window to view the commands and to make a selec tion 8 Select the quad element just cre ated 9 Press lt Enter gt to complete the selec tion of the surface The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box reappears 10 Scroll down to the bottom of the Wall S
207. ginning drawing for this exercise Orbital Heating Rates 1 Double click on the file satellite dwg located in the Tutorials satellite folder Important Remember only use the satellite dwg file if the previous exercise was completed Thermal Desktop opens with the satellite drawing on the screen Mode sn p777 0 06777 0 06085 J 05422 D 04744 0 04066 0 0759 0 O22 2 J30 0E Figure 11 73 Initial View 11 104 Orbital Heating Rates Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Orbit gt Manager Orbits The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box appears Heating Rate Case Manager Current Heating Rate Case beta30 betag0 Add Import Delete Export Copy Edit Set Current Display Orbit Done 2 Select Add The Create New External Heating Environ dialog box appears Create New External Heating Environ fx New Heating Case Mame Type f Basic Orbit f Keplerian Orbit f Geo Lat Long Altitude List C Vector List C Free Molecular Heating Cancel Help 3 Type beta90 in the New Heating Case Name field 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 105 Orbital Heating Rates Continued The Orbit beta 90 dialog box appears The beta angle is the angle between the vector to the sun and the orbital plane oo eooo List fields like the one on the Positions E a tab are edited directly Click the cursor in Aue 500m the list field and use the lt Backspace gt
208. hase the Mechanical extensions in order to have access to the IGES and or STEP 1m porters The IGES importer is shipped with both AutoCAD Mechanical and also AutoCAD Mechanical Desktop The STEP importer is only shipped with AutoCAD Mechanical Desk top There are two drawbacks to using Mechanical Desktop The first major drawback to using the Mechanical extensions 1s that they take quite a bit of time to load the dwg file The second drawback to using the Mechanical extensions is that the pulldown menu s are significantly different than just using regular AutoCAD Because of the menu change and the load time C amp R recommends that users who have purchased the Mechanical extensions of AutoCAD just run under regular AutoCAD which is fully installed at the same time as the Mechanical add ons Follow these steps to run in regular AutoCAD 1 Use Start gt Programs gt AutoDesk gt AutoCAD 2004 5 gt AutoCAD Mechanical 2004 5 gt AutoCAD 2004 5 2 Atthis point AutoCAD should come up Check to see if the Thermal pull down is in the menus If you don t see the Thermal pull down then exit AutoCAD and then issue the command Start gt Programs gt Thermal Desktop gt User Menu Setup Select the button Setup User s Menus and then select Done 3 Ifyou go and double click on a dwg file it should now come up in regular AutoCAD and you should see the Thermal menu You should notice that AutoCAD loaded much faster than befor
209. he Command Line area 2 Type 0 0 in the Command line Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 3 Type 10 0 in the Command line Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 4 Type 0 5 in the Command line The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot O Edge Nodes X direction Y direction Equal 1 Equal 1 O List O List Enter interior nodal boundaries as fraction from gt 0 0 to lt 1 0 5 Select the Radiation tab Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Analysis Group Name Active Side BASE both Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT Top Side Ovenides Bottom Side Overrides RadCad Tutorials 11 5 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued 6 Select BASE both in the Analysis Change the active side of the surface in Group Name Active Side field if not the surface group BASE to be active on already highlighted the top Z side The active side for this surface in the surface group BASE is 7 Select Edit A updated in the Thermal Model Data dialog The Edit Active Side dialog box box to show that it is now active on the top appears side Edit Active Side When these steps are co
210. he Layers Properties Manager dia names log box appears or type Layer in the Command line For AutoCAD without Mechanical add T Le Dope anae aed ons the layer command can be found at amed layer riers Senses j Format gt Layer Current Layer 0 L Color Linetype Lineweight Plot Style P vl White CONTINUGUS Default aio iy gy 180 CONTINUOUS Default g White CONTINUOUS Default m 21 CONTINUOUS Default m 42 CONTINUOUS Default m 200 CONTINUOUS Default m 30 CONTINUOUS Default o4i CONTINUOUS Default m 70 CONTINUOUS Default g White CONTINUOUS Default m 130 CONTINUOUS Default m 120 CONTINUOUS Default Name T ARRAYS ASHADE BUS COM DESIGN_ARRAYS DESIGN_BUS DESIGN_COM DESIGN_XLINK RADCAD_ACTIVE RADIATOR XLINK ODODOOOODOa DEON on a QOO000000000 PPPPPPPPPPPP AALE A VW SK ad pe cS X 12 Total layers 12 Layers displayed Figure 11 30 Current Layer Changed 2 Click on the Freeze sun icons for the following layers turning them off e DESIGN_ARRAYS e DESIGN BUS e DESIGN COM e RADIATOR The the sun icons will change to look like snowflakes Note The current layer is 0 3 Highlight the XLINK layer and select Current 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 50 Satellite Continued d Li or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears with the
211. he current value in the Spe cific Heat cp field and type 4200 Highlight the current value in the Density rho field and type 1000 Select OK to close the Thermophysi cal Properties dialog box The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with chip and the above values displayed in the main property description field 14 Select OK to close the Edit Thermo physical Properties dialog box 10 57 Beer Can Example Continued These steps change the units for the model to inches and turns off TD RC node visibility for all the nodes that are The User Preferences dialog box attached to the surface appears or Thermal gt Preferences Select the Units tab if not already dis played Click on the arrow next to the Model Length field and select in inches from the pulldown menu 4 Select the Graphics Visibility tab User Preferences Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options TD RC Nodes Lumps M Conductors User Defined Nodes Paths Contactors Surfaces ies Contact Conductance oO a Nodal es V Heat Loads Heaters Pressures EEEE In V Material Orienters Color Contours M Trackers V Assemblies Select All Deselect All 5 Click on TDIRC Nodes to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 6 Select OK to close the User Prefer ences dialog box 10 58 Beer Can Example Continued Create the bottom of the a
212. he default units are metric with the length being meters 3D Views will be discussed in further detail later in the tutorial Selecting View gt 3D Views gt SW Isometric here sets an isometric view parameter for the new template Tutorials Setting Up a Template Thermal Desktop Drawing File 5 Select View gt Display gt UCS This step locates the User Coordinate Icon gt Origin System UCS display icon at the origin MY insert Format Tools Draw Dimension Modify Window of the model rather than in the lower left Redraw oe corner of the screen Regen Regen All If the UCS origin is not in the display a area then the UCS will be displayed in plalieast the lower left corner Viewports Named Views 3D Views 30 Orbit Hide Shade Render Toolbars Attribute Display al Origin Properties Text Window F2 6 Confirm a check mark is dis played next to Origin If a check mark is not visible click the left mouse on Origin to select the option Note Depending upon the experience and preferences of the user before saving the template the toolbars on the main window may be rearranged The default arrangement of toolbars reduces the horizontal size of the viewport The toolbars can be moved to the sides of the viewport to produce a viewport with a more square aspect ratio Put the cursor in the border of a toolbar not on an icon and drag by holding the left mouse button down to the new desired location As
213. hermal gt Preferences You may also wish to turn off node display for lange models in order to speed up the graphical display 2 Read the contents and select OK to close the dialog box The FE Model Options dialog box appears FE Model Import Options Import FE model as a thermal model Import FE model as graphics only Submodel MAIN Layer 0 C Convert Thermal Boundary Conditions 3 Leave the default settings as they appear and select OK to close the dia log box The Open dialog box appears Look in O mappingE sample File name Files of type bef files bdf v Cancel Open as read only 10 121 Mapping Example Continued 4 Type coarse_quad NAS into the file name field or type the first letter c and select coarse_quad NAS from the pulldown menu as shown below Look in C mapping xample z cy e Look in mappingE xample v 5 e E File name d File name coarse quad NAS Cii Fies of ype Canoe Flesotupe baiestba E coarse guad NAS Control Panel V Open as read only Note Another option is the click on the File type arrow and change the drawing type to display additional file types Once selected files of the selected type will be listed Select Open to import the file and The model should look similar to the close the Open dialog box example below Figure 10 47 Imported Drawing 10 122 Mapping Exam
214. hermal located on the menu bar oh eeag Model Browser Case Set Manager emplate completed the Symbol Manager Optical Properties Thermophysical Properties Radiation Analysis Groups SINDA Submodels Surface Defaults Preferences SurFaces Solids From 4utoC4D Surface FOFEM Network Cone Articulators Cylinder Medeing Too as Ellipse Model Checks Ellipsoid Radiation Calculations 3 Elliptic Cone Elliptic Cylinder Offset Paraboloid Orbit Paraboloid Polygon Rectangle Cond Cap Calculations Post Processing Fluid Modeling Import Sphere Export Solid Brick Utilities Solid Cylinder Solid Sphere Thermal Desktop Help About Thermal Desktop v3 Figure 10 1 Pulldown Menu Example Tutorials 10 3 Typographical Conventions Continued Pressing the Enter key is implied after entering text in response to a command prompt The symbol lt Enter gt represents pressing the Enter key when no text is to be entered but an Enter key entry is required Anytime the user 1s required to press a function or other keyboard key the key will be shown in bold Arial type font and enclosed in angle brackets For example if the user is to press function key F2 the key is shown as follows lt F2 gt Many menu functions have the option of using shortcut keyboard commands com prised of holding down a key such as the Control Ctrl key and then holding down an additional key If a menu has such an
215. hese sections are e User Interface e Graphical Objects e Grip Points e Selection e Pan Zoom Rotate e Shading Wireframe e Layers e Colors The section offers information and 1n some cases instructs the user to perform an action as a means to familiarize the user with Thermal Desktop functions Tutorials 10 5 10 1 1 User Interface This section provides an overview of the User Interface detailing icons Thermal pull down menu commands and various components of the main AutoCad window User Interface At this point you should start up AutoCAD The way to start AutoCAD is a func tion of the flavor of AutoCAD that you have installed The first thing to check is 1f you have a Thermal Desktop Icon on your Desktop If you have that go ahead and double click on that icon That will startup our OEM version of AutoCAD either based on AutoCAD 2002 or AutoCAD 2005 If you don t see a Thermal Desktop icon on your Desktop go to Start gt Programs gt and look for AutoDesk or AutoCAD 2000 20001 2002 If you see AutoCAD 2002 20001 2002 then follow that to the AutoCAD executable 1 e Start gt Pro grams gt AutoCAD 2002 gt AutoCAD 2002 If you see AutoDesk follow that to the version of AutoCAD installed and then follow that to the executable i e Start gt Programs gt AutoDesk gt Mechanical Desktop 2005 gt AutoCAD 2005 If you still haven t seen how to start the program try Start gt Programs gt Cullimore And Ring gt Therma
216. hrMeanAnom lt 120 1 hrMeanAnom gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box 239 1 180 0 5 Select Articulators 1 and click on OK The Edit Assembly dialog box appears 6 Select the Trans Rot tab 7 Double click in the Rotation 2 field The Expression Editor dialog box appears 8 Type the following into the Expres sion field 11 142 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued hrMeanAnom lt 120 1 hrMeanAnom gt 239 1 180 0 9 Click OK 10 Click OK 11 Select Thermal gt Orbit gt View Rotate the model a little bit to get some Vehicle gt Set Orbit Pos Prefs perspective The New Vehicle in Orbit Dialog dia log box appears 12 Select Animate 13 Select OK The Continuous Cycle Dialog dialog box appears 14 Select OK The orbit engineer has come back and said that a step change in the cover position is no longer acceptable They want the cover to start to close when the mean anom is 60 and then be completely closed at mean anom 120 On the other side they want the cover to start opening at mean anom 240 and then be completely open when the mean anom 300 1 Bring up the Symbol Manager and In this step create an array of various create a new symbol called Orbital Angles angle_array Note See Section 4 1 1 Defining Select the ARRAY check box located Symbols on page 4 1 for informa at the bottom of the Expression Editor tion on symbols and the Symbol dialog box Manage
217. i DA Shaded Views Material Orienters Color Contours Trackers Assemblies Select All Deselect All Select TD RC Nodes o deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select Contactors to deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select OK to close the dialog box 12 30 In preparation for running and post processing clean up the drawing a little by turning off visibility of nodes and contactors and turning off the UCS origin marker FloCad Tutorials Heat Pipe Example Continued 6 Select Tools gt Named UCS This will turn the UCS icon off The UCS dialog box appears Named UCSs Orthographic UCSs Settings Current UCS HeatPipe wo Disk gt 7 Select the Settings tab UCS Icon settings On Display at UCS origin point C Apply to all active viewports UCS settings Save UCS with viewport C Update view to Plan when UCS is changed 8 Click On in the UCS Icon settings field to deselect it remove the check mark from the checkbox 9 Press OK to close the UCS dialog box FloCad Tutorials 12 31 Heat Pipe Example Continued A steady state run has been set up in the Case Set Manager The results should or Thermal gt Case Set Man nd look similar to the graphic below ager The Case Set Manager dialog box appears Select Run Case Sinda Fluint Run Status dialog box appears confirming the successful completion of the process and
218. ial temp field The Expression Editor dialog box appears Expression Editor Select units for Temperature Symbol Manager E E F Disable Warnings for this Expression 10 68 Beer Can Example Continued Select the Symbol Manager but ton The Symbol Manager dialog box appears New Symbol Name general name evaluated result expression comment Symbol Groups gt Type Airtemp in the New Symbol Name field Select Add An Expression Editor dialog box for Airtemp appears Type 20 in the main entry field Expression Editor Ajrtemp 2q Description Array Group general v Cancel Help 10 Select OK to close the Airtemp Expression Editor dialog box 10 69 Beer Can Example Continued The Symbol Manager dialog box is The symbol for the air temperature must updated with the Airtemp information be defined Once that is done the expres displayed sion used for the temperature of the Select Done boundary node can be created Note When this portion of the ex ercise is completed the shape of the node changes to designate that it is 12 Click on the arrow underneath Select now a boundary node units for Temperature and select C from the pulldown menu The Expression Editor dialog box reappears 13 Type Airtemp in the Expression field Figure 1
219. ical property changed and then try the same Run Case to see the program will recalculate the required data 1 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 2 Select Yes 11 121 11 6 Simple Satellite In this example the simple satellite shown below will be built This satellite will have two radiation analysis groups one for internal of the box and one for the external The five lower surfaces of the box will be coated with MLI Conduction within the box is going to be ignored Double sided solar panel MLI on these 5 sides Figure 11 80 Simple Satellite 11 122 Simple Satellite Demo Example Start by creating a new folder titled demoSatellite The copy template dwg file into the new demoSatellite folder L 2 Create a new folder named demoSatellite Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the new Tutori als demoSatellite directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved 3 Rename the copied template file to demoSatellite Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the demoSatellite drawing file icon in the demoSatellite directory 11 123 Simple Satellite Demo Example Add two new materials default and MLI paying no real attention to the material
220. ick on the Freeze snowflake icon of the Flow Areas layer to turn the layer On sun 6 Click on the On lightbulb icon of the Board layer to turn the layer off darken the lightbulb 7 Click on the Freeze sun icon of the Board layer to turn the layer off snowflake 8 Select OK to close the dialog box 12 4 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued 1 E or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Lumps and Paths The Create Lumps and Paths dialog box appears Create Lumps and Paths What the user selects for creation Pick Point to Pick Point Pick Point to Lump Lump to Pick Point Lump to Lump Number of Lumps to Create 2 Click on the Pick Point to Pick Point radio button if not already selected place dot in the circle 3 Highlight the current value in the Number of Lumps to Create field and type 9 4 Select OK Select start point appears in the Com mand line area 5 Click at the midpoint of line 1 Note A midpoint snap point should appear as the cursor moves midway on line 1 Select end point appears in the Com mand line area 6 Click at the midpoint of line 2 Select Upstream Entity for Area Cal culation Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area 7 Click on a point on line 5 FloCad Tutorials Create all of the lumps and paths within each side of the enclosure with one com mand Notice that the shape of line 5 foll
221. ick the left mouse button point 2 Note that as the mouse is moved a box is drawn around the area or Thermal gt Edit The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears 3 Select Nodes 20 in the Select Type to filter field Object Selection Filter Select Type to filter Additional Criteria emen Nodes 20 Solid Elements 2 Submodel Material Optics Analysis Group Other Cancel Help 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 112 The nodes on the top of the object must be edited Refer to the example shown below Fig ure 10 45 when selecting the nodes starting the selection box at point After the first point is selected select point 2 1 Wn CATT TTT SEH Figure 10 45 Node Selection Order When points 1 and 2 are selected in the correct order not only are the nodes selected but the surface coated planar ele ments that were created earlier are also selected When the Edit function is selected the function determines that more than one type of entity has been selected The Object Selection Filter dia log box is displayed Note The Object Selection Filter dialog box can also be displayed by selecting Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Toggle Filter On Finite Element Example Continued The Node Mulit Edit Mode dialog box appears Node Multi Edit Mode Submodel Initial temp 293 15 ID Comment calculated by elements C Override calculations
222. ile Heating Rates Type radks in the Postprocessing set name field Select the Radks radio button place a dot in the circle Select OK to close the dialog box 11 28 RadCad Tutorials Space Station Oct Tree Example The Directory Select dialog box appears Directory Select Change Directory Current Directory C Documents and Settings Beverly Stahl My Documents Tutorials_ TD_48 0ctCells Select the dataset to be post processed BASE RcUpties rck Cancel 6 Select OK The Set FF Radk Dataset Properties dialog box appears Set FF Radk Dataset Properties Select an orbit position time 0 0 000 All node data Hemispherical emissivity Exchange factor to space Fij Bij to space Single node data Node Exchange factors from node Fij Bij from node FiisBji to node Comment Radk Database BASE AcOpties rck Description 7 Select OK RadCad Tutorials 11 29 Space Station Oct Tree Example The Postprocessing Datasets dialog View the calculated data using a color box appears with radk displayed in the map Enter a descriptive comment for the Current Data Set field postprocessing dataset if preferred Click p SE oa directly in the edit field to enter the com Current Data Set radks ment A lower value for the radk to space for the interior or shuttle payload bay should be Commen t Radk Database BASE RcOptics rck Descripti escription
223. in the Command line area Select Node 3 Select Objects or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Select Node 4 Select Objects or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select OK Be sure to pick the nodes by following the edge of the hole either in a clockwise or a counter clockwise order Otherwise a quad element with diagonals that will cross be the result It may be necessary to zoom in slightly to make picking the nodes easier and it also might be good to switch to wireframe mode Figure 12 63 Create Element 12 103 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 1 Select the quad element In order for the area to not be associated with this surface used to create ties or anywhere else in the model turn off any or Thermal gt Edit nodes or conductors that may be created The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select the Cond Cap tab Click on Generate Nodes and Con ductors to deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select the Comment tab Type Dummy in the Comment field Select OK or Format gt Layer The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Select the Pipe layer to highlight it Note The current layer is the Wall layer Select Current to make this layer where the next objects will be created Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialo
224. ing area on the x axis A second rectangle appears adjacent to the first Click on the second rectangle to select it 11 131 Simple Satellite Demo Example Rotate Specify first point on axis or define axis by Object Last View Xaxis Yaxis Zaxis 2points appears in the Com mand line area Click on the point at the base of the line separating the two rectan gles Specify second point on axis appears in the Command line area Rotated Side Click on the point at the top of the line separating the two rectangles Specify rotation angle or Reference appears in the Command line area Type 90 in the Command line The second rectangle now displays as a side of the box 10 Repeat the process to create the other 2 sides of the box and the top and the bottom or the box The top and bottom of the box use the same concepts of copying and rotating Pay attention to the angles and the axes for the top and bottom The sides of the box are smaller than the top and the bottom so they will need to be stretched to fit use the grip points It is also possible to use the copy and move commands but remember to keep the top sides out It is also fine to zoom in for a closer view 11 132 Simple Satellite Demo Example l Click on the new top side of the box to select it or Thermal gt Edit The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Insulation tab dis played Click on Put o
225. ing the box will be selected In the case shown in Figure 10 8 all three of the of the items will be selected The drawing box method of selecting multiple objects will be used in a future tutorial the Beer Can Example on page 10 55 l 2 Figure 10 8 Getting Started Selection Boxes 10 1 5 Pan Zoom Rotate and Views This tutorial demonstrates several methods of changing the view on the screen The view can be zoomed in for a closer view of an object or zoomed out for a higher level view of an object or a drawing The view can be panned moved to the right left up or down which will change the view on the screen without zooming in or out Changing the view of a drawing or a specific object can assist the user when creating detail Graphical Objects 1 Ifnot already opened launch Thermal Desktop and create one or more rectangles as shown in the previous tutorial See Section 10 1 3 10 20 Tutorials Graphical Objects Continued or View gt Zoom gt Realtime The cursor changes into a small mag nifying glass with plus and minus signs Move the mouse up and down on the screen The view zooms in closer more detail as the mouse 1s moved upward the view zooms out higher level less detail as the mouse is moved down ward When finished right mouse click and select Exit from the drop down menu or View gt Pan gt Realtime The cursor changes into a small hand Move the mouse up and dow
226. inite Element Example Continued Since the model was rotated off the nor l or Thermal gt FD Fem Net mal notice that there are many double lines that can be seen These are the edges of the interior of the model These lines The view in the drawing area shifts can clutter up the model especially 1f the model is the meshed work gt Hide Solid Interior Faces The next step turns off these lines By turning off these lines redisplays rota tions and post processing of the model will process faster The calculation to hide the interior lines 1s only made when the user selects the com mand Thus if more geometry is added or deleted the user may need to re exe cute the command to get the proper view Figure 10 42 Interior Lines Hidden 10 105 Finite Element Example Continued Select Thermal gt FD Fem Network gt Revolve Planar Elements into Solids Select Planar Elements Edge Conics for Revolve Extrude appears in the Command line area Type all in the Command line 201 found 189 were filtered out Select Planar Elements Edge Conics for Revolve Extrude appear in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Select base point to revolve from appears in the Command line area Type 3 0 in the Command line Select point to define revolve axis appears in the Command line area Type 3 3 in the Command line The Extrude Revolve Planar Ele ments into Solids dialog box appears Extr
227. inued The hole is defined by 4 nodes in this or Thermal gt Model model The easiest way to close this par ticular hole is to create a surface using the four nodes at the corners of the hole This The Model Browser window appears sequence shows what the nodes are but Using the Model Browser menu in reality it is necessary to turn the node select List gt Submodel d ids on and then discern which nodes are needed to fill in the hole Browser The list in the Model Browser updates Hold down the lt Ctrl gt key and select nodes 112 126 437 and 448 in the tree After performing the command the 4 nodes should be seen on the screen Using the Model Browser menu select Display gt Only The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select Nodes 4 Select OK Close the Model Browser Figure 12 62 Display Nodes Note The Model Browser window may be minimized instead of closed for use later in the tutorial Turn the filter off so that it doesn t keep mie o Thermal gt Modeling a up when as commands are per ormed Tools gt Toggle Selection Filter 12 102 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt FD Fem Network gt Element Select Objects or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Select Node 1 Select Objects or Horidown HOriup Vert appears in the Command line area Select Node 2 Select Objects or Horidown HOriup Vert appears
228. ion etc Afterwards the drawing should appear similar to the view below 4 eae emija aiii A A ote A N A A 6 7 T Figure 12 27 New Pipe 12 39 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 6 Highlight the current default value of 4 in the Pipe Length Equal field and type 50 7 Select the Node Numbering tab RcPipe Edit Form Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation Pipe Attributes Ties Use same D s on both sides Both Sides Not Used End Nodes Submodel DENIM Submodel MAIN Use Stat ID 1 Upstream Out PA Use Start ID Use List O Use List Upstream In Downstream Out Use Start ID O Use List Downstream In 8 In the Both Sides field click on the arrow next to the Submodel field and select WALL from the pulldown menu 9 In the End Nodes field click on the arrow next to the Submodel field and select WALL from the pulldown menu 10 Select the Pipe Attributes tab RcPipe Edit Form Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation Pipe Attributes Ties Surface Submodel Information Fluid Submodel iM v Material Properties DEFAULT Lump Type Time Independent JUNCTION Wall Node Arithmetic Tube Type Time Independent STUBE v C Twin Paths Wall Geometry Wall Shape Standard Pipe v Pipe Type ANSI B36 10 75 amp ANS B36 19 65 v Schedule 10S v Inner Diameter 0 307 Nominal s
229. ion on Single Axis Tracker tra C ke rs Working Mode Always C Nadir C In Sun Only C Star C In Shade Only Right Ascension jo C Between Anomalies deg Declination Start fo Bao Lock End Anale O fs Disable Range of Motion Display From 0 degrees Zz F To 360 degrees Cancel Help 5 Select OK to close the dialog box RadCad Tutorials 11 37 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation or View gt Zoom gt Extents Figure 11 16 Tracker Created The surfaces that will rotate with the or Thermal gt Articulators gt tracker must be attached to that tracker Attach Geometry The attach command will not attach a tracker to itself so it is OK to select it Select an articulator appears in the when attaching the surfaces Command line area Select the articulator you just created Select objects to attach to articula tor appears in the Command line area Draw a box around all of the objects in the display Select objects to attach to articula tor appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Note If lt F2 gt is selected the text window will show that 13 objects were attached to the articulator 11 38 RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation 1 Select Thermal gt Orbit gt Manage Orbits The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box appears Heating Rate Case Manager Current Heating Rate Case Add Import Del
230. ions tab Orbit Basic Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Use Equal Increments C Use Positions Shadow Crossings Start 0 a MV Automatically Include ae Bao Enty 142 073531 nd Exit 217 926469 Increments 12 Position Angles True Anomaly Mean Anomaly Update List v Edit list items directly use lt Enter gt to insert entry OK Cancel Help Lecce Hep Highlight the current value in Incre ments field and type 100 Select OK 11 141 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box reappears with Basic dis played in the Current Heating Rate Case field Current Heating Rate Case Figure 11 90 Display Orbit Display Orbit g p y 9 Select Display Orbit Note Exit the orbit view and return to a wireframe view The drawing area displays the orbit The orbit engineer has specified that the telescope will be closed when the Mean Anom aly is 120 and then should reopen when the Mean Anomaly is greater than 240 1 Create an assembly at the location Create an assembly at the location 1 0 1 Hut Oca Therma Arua Note See Section 2 12 1 Create tors gt Create Assembly Assembly on page 2 77 2 Attach the top disk to the assembly The top disk has an origin at 0 0 1 3 Draw a selection box around the Edit the assembly assembly Type the following c style conditional input 4 or Thermal gt Edit
231. ipes o Tank Junction at Zero Velocity Stagnant LSTAT STAG Additional Input C Override calculations by pipe 9 Select Override calculations by pipe near the bottom of the Lump Edit Form dialog box display a check mark in the checkbox The Type field is activated 10 Click on Tank in the now activated Type field to select it display a dot in the circle The volume field activates 11 Highlight the current value in the Vol ume field and type 20 12 Press OK The inlet lump ID 999 has been defined as a tank 12 54 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 13 Draw a box around all the items in Turn the numbers on for the lumps so that the view they will be easier to pick in a later step 14 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Turn Numbers On Figure 12 32 Numbers Turned On Paths will be added to complete the fluid circuit Make sure they can be seen before proceeding 15 or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears 16 Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already displayed 17 Click on Paths to select it display a check mark 18 Press OK Figure 12 33 Paths Visible 12 55 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Lump Enter location of lump appears in the Command line area Create a new lump at the left of the drawing area ideally between the endpoints of
232. ize 0 125 in Outer Diameter 0 405 Thickness 0 049 11 Click on the arrow next to the Sub model field and select Water from the pulldown menu 12 Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial Properties field and select Cop per from the pulldown menu 12 40 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 13 Click on the arrow next to the Wall Node field and select Diffusion from the pulldown menu Click on the arrow next to the Pipe Type field and select Seamless Copper Pipe ASTM B42 66 from the pulldown menu 15 Confirm that STD is displayed in the Schedule field 16 Confirm that 0 125 is displayed in the Nominal Size field 17 Select OK to close the RcPipe Edit Form dialog box In preparation for the selection operations Ob Thermal gt Preferences that will follow turn off visibility of unnecessary items in this case the TD The User Preferences dialog box RC nodes paths and ties appears i 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab Pere Perey ee Ree a T Select TD RC Nodes to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 4 Select Paths to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 5 Select Ties to deselect it remove 7 th e ch ec k mar k fr om th e b O x p ihi af x 6 5 Figure 12 28 After Visibility Changes Units Graphics Visibilty Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options C TD RC Nodes Lumps Conductors V User Defined Nodes
233. king that screen active and then performing operations in that window The user can determine what has been selected by looking in the output list The output list will detail how many items have been selected and their type the visibility state the layers that the objects reside on and additional data for the selected items As items in the top portion of the Model Browser are selected additional information about the selected item is displayed in the lower portion of the window Single clicking on an item results in high level information about the selected item being displayed below Double clicking on an time in the upper portion of the Model Browser results in the expansion of the data tree and more detailed information being displayed 10 140 Model Browser Example Continued Display the Model Browser or Thermal gt Model Browser The Model Browser window appears on the left side of the screen Model Browser List Edit Display Options Help kR GIR OlA EEO Submodel Node Tree N AAAA SM BBBB sm Cccc sM DDDD Nothing selected 2 Click on Submodel Node Tree When Submodel Node Tree is selected located in the main view area of the all of the submodels that make up the Model Browser model are selected and displayed in the lower area i Model Browser List Edit Display Options Help Reo f 20 objects selected TEN 11 TD RC Nodes 1 User Node e boundary 4 surfaces 3 conducto
234. l gt Case Set Man ager After the solve is completed the ini 2 Select Run Case tial temperatures are displayed on the Sinda Fluint Run Status dialog box model in the post processing state appears confirming the successful completion of the process and the drawing area graphics update 3 Click OK to close the dialog box Figure 12 16 Solution This command can be used to cycle ui between the four types of color bars Node Lump Path and Tie The color scale for each as well as the cur rent variable being displayed can be found on the each of the individual color bars L or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt Cycle Color Bars The various views can be used to see all or a portion of the Board It may also be necessary to use the command rcrender to make the shading of the model match the color bar exactly FloCad Tutorials 12 19 Air Flow Example Continued I Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 2 Select Yes 12 2 Heat Pipe Model What you should learn e How to create native lines and polylines e How to create FloCAD pipes from those lines e How to model a fixed conductance heat pipe CCHP FCHP e How to use contactors In this example a heated aluminum ring will be connected to an air cooled 20 C am bient at 10 BTU hr ft7 F aluminum plate using an aluminum ammonia
235. l gt Modeling Tools gt Turn Visibility Off Lets get ready to run by displaying the or Format gt Layer model The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Select the On icon for the Boundary and Construction layers to turn them off Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box 12 118 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued Turn the visibility back on for all the sur or Thermal gt Model faces Browser Note Or maximize the Model Browser if minimized earlier Select Display gt All using the Model Browser menu Figure 12 71 Surface Visibility On 2 It s time to launch the steady state analy 1 or Thermal gt Case Set Man sis which is set up by default in the Case ager Set Manager The node color bar should span from 142 C to about 193 C Node The Case Set Manager dialog box appears 71992 199 2 193 5 2 Select Run Case A Sinda Fluint Run Status dialog box a appears confirming successful com n pletion of the processor w 3 Select OK to close the dialog box 147 8 Note If problems are encountered we during the run and its not possible eee to diagnose the problem consult Figure 12 72 Steady State Solution with your instructor or contact C amp R for help 12 119 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued The Model Browser can be used to find or Thermal gt Model what the model solution looks like Browser Expand the Model B
236. l Desktop gt Thermal Desktop Important Please note that if you have Mechanical Desktop installed the Thermal Desktop will run fine but the AutoCAD interface for Mechanical Desktop is very different than regular AutoCAD and tutorials are written for regular AutoCAD In this case you Should run regular AutoCAD to do the tutorials and not Mechanical Desktop Important If it is not possible to complete the Getting Started drawing drawing dwg in the same setting exit Thermal Desktop File gt Exit and respond No when prompted to save the drawing To save the drawing perform a Save As and change to a directory other than the initial system installation directory 10 6 Tutorials User Interface Continued The Thermal Desktop AutoCAD win The English Metric choice in the Startup dow appears with the Startup dialog dialog box does not set units for Thermal box displayed If you do not see this Desktop This setting is used for setting window that is not a problem just go up a drawing grid and for setting up plot ahead and go to the next step ting to a printer Either choice may safely be used The Units of the Thermal Desktop model G ee and inches are set with the Thermal gt Prefe r C Metric ences U n its Tab command The default units are metric with the length being meters ip Uses the default English feet and inches settings Cancel Note If a startup menu does not ap Select Start From Sc
237. l layers O C Invert filter C Apply to layers toolbar 2Totallayers 2 Layers displayed Select New A new layer named Layer is added Highlight the name Layer if not already highlighted and type Con ductors to change the name of this newly created layer Select the On icon light bulb for the Conductors layer to turn if off darken the light bulb Select OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box 10 72 Beer Can Example Continued The next steps create the conductors and or Thermal gt FD Fem Net connect them to the surface work gt Node to Surface Conduc When prompted to select the surface tor areas on the beer can it is important to drag select from the top left to bottom right since selecting in the reverse direc tion has a different meaning in AutoCAD 2 Click on the boundary node lower see example below right on the screen Select node appears in the Command line area 1 Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area 3 Select surfaces Select from 1 to 2 as shown in Figure 10 23 and as noted below e Using the example to the right as a guide click the left mouse outside and above the upper left corner of the sur Figure 10 23 Beer Can Selection Points face area 1 Specify opposite corner appears in the A set of eight lines representing the Command line area conductor from the boundary node to the surface area are displayed e Position
238. lace the aluminum shell around the rest of the can The solids will be surface coated to place the shell around the outer cylinder and the top Surface coating will place a planar ele ment using the same nodes used by the solid elements The command is smart enough to figure out that the outside faces are not hooked up to other solids and cre ates the planar element there while the inside faces are hooked to more than one solid so those faces are not free Beer Can Example Continued A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change D AAS ERN i ew e T e T a INVI_ISZA_INAN ZIEN An ENYN VIR VA Y a a a a SAN SMA aAA or View gt Zoom gt Extents and select Yes al 8 Read the content of the dialog box 9 Figure 10 19 Aluminum Shell 10 65 Beer Can Example Continued This part of the exercise edits all of the or Thermal gt Edit nodes to set their initial temperatures Select Objects or Indiv appears in the Command line area Type all in the Command line The objects in the drawing area are selected and Select Objects or Indiv appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Click on Nodes 85 in the Select Type to Filter field to select it Select OK to close the dialog box The Node Multi Edit Mode dialog box appears Node Multi Edit Mode Submodel PAM v Initial temp 293 15 calc
239. le 1 Double click on the file manifold dwg located in the Tutorials manifold folder Thermal Desktop opens with the manifold drawing on the screen Figure 12 25 Manifold Drawing Initial View A FEM model of the plate and its convection environment have already been gener ated but are not currently visible along with some symbols that can be used to generate a parametric model The units of the initial drawing are BTU inches sec onds F 12 36 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued a ri or Draw gt Polyline Specify start point appears in the Command line area 2 Select the point in the center of the red circle labeled 1 Jocated in the top left corner of the drawing area This is the starting point for the polyline and also for the first straight segment Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 3 Select the point in the center of the red circle labeled 2 located to the right of circle 1 Note A straight line should appear between points I and 2 Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 4 Type ato start the arc drawing mode Note Remember to press the lt En ter gt key after entering a command Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEn ter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area 5 Select the point in the center of the red ci
240. le Continued Use Thermal Desktop s Layer functional ity by making the box layer the current or type layer in the Command layer and turn off all other layers line Note The menu selection Format gt Layer may also be used The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Layer Properties Manager ew elete Show all layers z m C Invert filter C Apply to layers toolbar Show details Current Layer 0 State Manager igh Plot Styl Re Name On Freez L Color i Li Dr bin White Default ASHADE Og White Default box W 5 gy Blue Continuous Default cylinder 93 jg Magenta Continuous Default plate Y 93 m Cyan Continuous Default RADCAD_POST i my white Continuous Default space 9 3 White Continuous Default igure 10 73 Box Layer Current 7 Totallayers 7 Layers displayed Click the On light bulb visibility icons for all of the layers except the box layer to turn them off darken the light bulb Select the box layer Select Current The Current layer changes from layer 0 to layer box Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters N ew elete Show all layers v CL Invert fiter C Apply to layers toolbar j Show details Current Layer box State Manager Name On Freez L Color Linetype Lineweight Plot Style P 0 9 g ma White Continuous Default D ASHADE q 8 Continuous Default y ye Blue Continuou
241. lenum radio button in the Type field to select it display a dot in the circle 10 Select OK The lump s symbol changes 12 57 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued ra Add a K factor loss representing the rest 11 kd or Thermal gt Fluid Model of the system that is not explicitly mod ing gt Loss eled The K factor and corresponding flow area have been pre defined as sym Select from lump appears in the Com bols mand line area 12 Click on the outlet of the U shaped pipe shown as 1st Lump on the graphic to the right i Note It may be easier to click on the number of the lump to select it Select to lump appears in the Com mand line area y 13 Click on the new junction shown as 2nd Lump Select Entity for Area Calculation Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area Figure 12 36 Selection Points After the loss has been created the screen 14 Press lt Enter gt should appear similar to the view below Figure 12 37 After Loss Created 12 58 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 15 Select the new path to highlight it 16 or Thermal gt Edit The Path Loss Edit Form dialog box appears Path Loss Edit Form Submodel Id C Twinned Path Path Type Loss Coefficient FK 1 FK Calculator Flow Area AF Select Area User Specified Comment Loss Type Additional Input Direction Indep
242. lick the left mouse button Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Select lt Enter gt Create a cone Snap to the center points of the two circles to define the axis of the cone Snap to a quadrant to define the base and top radii Important f it ts difficult to select the correct point it may be neces sary to force AutoCAD to select a center or a quadrant This is done by holding down the lt Shitft gt key and clicking the right mouse but ton A popup menu will then ap pear and the user can Select the type of point to force AutoCAD to snap to i e center quadrant etc If the snap icon is visible clicking the left mouse will accept the point The cursor does not have to be over the icon Moving the mouse over the snap icon will display the geometry as it will look if this point is selected The Thermal Model Data dialog box will appear after the geometry has been defined 11 53 Satellite Continued Enter end angle or pick enter point The cone will appear lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Select lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Subdivision tab dis played Highlight the current value in the Angular Equal field and type 3 Select OK Type Ltscale in the Command line Ltscale determines how many dots are drawn to the center of each node Smaller values mean more dots Enter new linetype scale
243. lids for free calculations appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt 0 free tri faces found 220 free quad faces found appears in the Command line area and the Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Element Edit Mode dialog box also appears Thermal Model Data Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Comment Analysis Group Name Active Side BASE both Top Out Side Optical Property DEFAULT Bottom In Side Optical Property DEFAULT Top Side Overides Bottom Side Overrides 4 Select the Cond Cap tab Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select Aluminum from the pulldown menu 6 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 110 Radiation must be removed from the sol ids The Surface Coat Free Solid Faces com mand will calculate all of the solid free faces and place a planar element on that face so that the active side is top The thickness of the planar element is set to zero so that it doesn t effect capacitance and conductance calculations This same planar element can be used for area contact conductance or as mli insu lation nodes Display active sides to make sure the radiation has been placed correctly if desired Note See Section 5 1 1 Displaying Active Sides on page 5 1 Finite Element Example Continued A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking to confirm the change Thermal Desktop In multi edit mode only Fields that
244. low Rate field and type 0 1 4 Select OK FloCad Tutorials 12 11 Air Flow Example Continued Use 100 cm for all of the inlet and L or Thermal gt Edit outlet flow areas Because they are all the same type of path they can be selected using the Object Selection Filter Also leave the FK value at 1 0 2 Type all in the Command line for an entrance and exit loss Select objects or Indiv LEft Right appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt Select objects or Indiv LEft Right appears in the Command line area The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Object Selection Filter Select Type to filter ik Additional Criteria Losses 4 Pumps Fans 1 Submodel Tubes 8 Lump Type 4 Select Losses 4 in the Select type to filter field 5 Select OK The Path Loss Edit Form dialog box appears Submodel Id Path Type Loss Coefficient FK 1 6 In the Flow Area AF field type 100 0 in the box next to User Speci fied field 12 12 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued 7 Select OK A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change Select Yes Ne or Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Toggle Selection Filter Command _RcFilter Thermal Desk top filter turned off appears in the Command line Select lumps 1 and 13 Note Click on the lump numbers to insure only the lumps are
245. ls It is assumed the user has completed the tutorials in that chapter before beginning the new tutorials presented in this chapter Chapter 10 Tutorials introduce the user to how things work inside of Thermal Desktop as well as the nomenclature used in the tutorials The tutorials in this chapter all focus on setting up and analyzing models for radiation and heating rate purposes There are seven tutorials as follows e Section 11 1 Radks for Parallel Plates on page 11 1 e Section 11 2 Space Station Oct Tree Example on page 11 20 e Section 11 3 Importing a TRASYS model and using Articulators on page 11 32 e Section 11 4 Satellite on page 11 49 e Section 11 5 Orbital Heating Rates on page 11 104 e Section 11 6 Simple Satellite on page 11 122 e Section 11 7 Orbital Maneuvers on page 11 136 11 1 Radks for Parallel Plates What you should learn e Overview of how Thermal Desktop works e Overview of Radiation Calculation functionality In this example a set of parallel plates will be constructed and the radks between them and to space will be computed This example is intended to give an overview of Thermal Desktop later examples will delve into Thermal Desktop concepts in more detail The parallel plates will be identical and directly opposed to each other Length and width will be 10 X 5 inches The plates will be separated by 12 inches Surface will be defined as the lower pate leaving the upper plate designated as surface 2
246. ls 11 17 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Type LTSCALE in the Command line Enter new linetype scale factor lt 39 3701 gt appears in the Command line area Type 0 5 in the Command line Lines appear inside the plates Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Calc Radks Ray Trace A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box asking for confirmation to con tinue appears Select OK to close the dialog box The Append Replace Database dialog box appears 3 Leave Append selected Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes 11 18 The rays to space are drawn according to the Itscale value These lines are drawn by a series of dots The Itscale value deter mines how close to put the dots together A smaller value means more dots are printed for each line a Figure 11 4 After LTSCALE Assigned Several orange lines will appear represent ing rays These rays are random so they will be different every time the calcula tions are made The color of the rays is a function of the energy of the ray Energy values of 1 are red and scale down to dark blue for zero values The color will change as energy is absorbed and the ray 1s reflected Figure 11 5 Ray Calculation Example RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued If additional rays are shot they will be or Thermal gt Radiation Cal added to the rays already on the screen culations gt Clear R
247. luminum can or Thermal gt Surfaces gt Disk Pick or enter point for center of disk lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Type 0 0 in the Command line Pick or enter point for Z axis of disk lt 0 0 1 gt appears in the Command line area Type 0 0 1 in the Command line Enter maximum radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Type 1 3125 in the Command line Enter minimum radius or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt 10 59 Beer Can Example Continued The Thermal Model Data dialog box When completed this disk will represent appears displaying default values the bottom of the beer can This part of 8 Click on the Subdivision tab if not the exercise sets the disk properties already displayed 9 Click on the radio button next to Edge Nodes 00 select it display a dot in the circle 10 Highlight the current value in the Angular Equal field subdivisions and type 9 11 Highlight the current value in the Radial Equal field divisions and type 3 Figure 10 17 Bottom of Beer Can 12 Click on the Cond Cap tab 13 Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select Aluminu
248. m from the pulldown menu 14 Highlight the current value in the Thickness field and type 05 15 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 16 or View gt Zoom gt Extents 10 60 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select the newly created disk The disk will be extruded into solid ele 2 Select Thermal gt FD Fem Network ao gt Extrude Normal To Planar Ele ments into Solids The Extrude Revolve Planar Ele ments to Solids dialog box appears Even Breakdowns Options Total Distance 1 in Delete Original Planar Elements Solids created along path 1 ID increment for new nodes 0 C Uneven Breakdowns Enter Thickness Material of each layer Figure 10 18 Extruded Disk Note After the extrusion is com pleted if the geometry looks like there is a hole in the middle of the Leave Even Breakdowns selected dot extruded solids then Edge Nodes in the circle Subdivision tab in the Thermal Model Data dialog box was not se Highlight the current value in the lected when the disk was created Total Distance field and type 4 15 Perform the following steps to make Highlight the current value in the Sol the correction ids created along path field and type Press lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt to undo the 4 extrusion Highlight the current value in the ID Edit the disk to make the nodes Increment for new nodes field and type 100 edge nodes as follows e Sele
249. mand CL Even if a point is created at the same location as the start of the line the line should be closed The object properties window can be used to edit a line that was not closed during the initial creation The drawing should appear similar to the view below Vv i X Figure 12 49 Second Polyline If the shape line is not correct delete it and try again 12 85 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Type a to start the arc drawing mode Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEn ter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area Type a to start the angle mode Specify included angle appears in the Command line area Type 180 into the Command line to specify the included angle Specify endpoint of arc or CEnter Radius appears in the Command line area Type 1 225 0 275 into the Command line to specify the end point Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEn ter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area Type line or just the letter I into the Command line to start the line drawing mode Specify next point or Arc Close Half width Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Type 0 775 0 275 into the Command line to specify the end of the straight section Specify
250. models running 10 times faster when run locally versus running on the server of course this is a function of your network 2 Ifthe graphics seem to be slow make sure you have hardware acceleration turned on see Acceleration on page 13 4 Also just turning off the display of nodes can significantly speed up the graphics see Graphics Visibility on page 2 23 Finally the user may wish to disable Automatic Regens see Advanced Prefer ences on page 2 24 which should be a last resort and may cause other abnormal ities such as nodes and text sizing not updating properly 3 Large models can slow down the Model Browser and this can be speed up by turn ing off the Auto Update options see Model Browser Options on page 2 5 4 Another common slow down 1s when the user runs of memory RAM or disk space on either the dwg file disk or their own local temporary disk The AutoCAD command Tools gt Inquiry gt Status can be used to determine if you are low on disk space or memory There isn t much you can do 1f you are low on memory except to purchase more or try to reduce the size of your model The temporary disk is used to keep track of undo buffer and in a big model it can get rather large fairly quick You can control this using the Undo Control None command This will turn off undo recording It must be entered each time you load the model as it is not saved from session to session 5 To speed
251. mouse button Position the cursor outside of the arcball The cursor changes shape an arrow circling a sphere 5 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor outside of the arcball The object rotates around an axis a the center of the arcball 6 Release the mouse button Position the cursor on one of the quadrant circles The cursor changes shape an arrow elliptically circling a sphere This function changes the vertical and or horizontal rotations of the object s 7 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor away from the quad rant circle Tutorials 10 23 Graphical Objects Continued 8 The object s rotate around a horizon tal axis if the 3 00 or 9 00 quadrant circles were selected or around a ver tical axis if the 12 00 or 6 00 quadrant circles were selected Release the mouse button and right click to display the right mouse menu Exit Pan zoom w Orbit Adjust Distance Swivel Camera Projection Continuous Orbit Shading Modes Zoom Window Visual Aids zoom Extenks Reset wi E Orbit Maintains Z Preset views w Orbit uses 4utoTarget Adjust Clipping Planes Front Clipping On Back Clipping On The 3D Orbit right mouse menu offers zoom and pan commands as well as various shading and projection com mands Clicking on More displays the pulldown menu shown above Press lt Esc gt three times to close right mouse menus and end the 3d Orbit c
252. mpera tures with the click of a single button Once parameters are set and the Run Case button is clicked Thermal Desktop will calculate the radiation conductors and heating rates for all of the tasks set up for the current case set Nodes and conductors are then computed and output A SINDA FLUINT model is then built and run And finally the temperature results are dis played mapped onto the thermal model in color Add the radiation to the case set properties Selecting solve will allow the Case Set Manager to solve the radiation output the conductors and capacitance build the SINDA model solve the SINDA model and display the steady state temperatures back on the model 10 117 Finite Element Example Continued The Case Set Information Case Set 0 dialog box appears Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments Options __ Remove ye Re use calculated data if valid otherwise recalculate Copy Properties e Recalculate data current database will be replaced Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method Add Change Tasks Add Change Add rays to database if e possible otherwise recalculate Radks C is accuracy of current database will be refined Analysis Group BASE v Orbit Always reuse data no testing g a formed Method e Monte Carlo Progressive paien Cancel
253. mplete the move using object modify methods specifying the angle of rotation desired Perform a 3D rotation of 45 degrees about the centerline of the heatpipe The vapor node in the center can be used as the point on the Y axis about which to rotate The object to rotate is the polyline that makes up pipe shape Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued Specify a point on the Y axis lt 0 0 0 gt Now the drawing should look similar to appears in the Command line the view below Select the node in the center of the heatpipe should be 0 25 0 25 0 0 coordinates Specify rotation angle or Reference appears in the Command line Type 45 in the Command line as the rotation angle Z Figure 12 52 Heat Pipe Orientation Changed Select the heatpipe The previous commands work in the 3D l ld coordinate system It is also possi Note It tt k on th VAE y p Pipe 1 A a aa hae ble to work in a 2D UCS Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools First set the view to the object UCS gt Align UCS to Surface Select the heatpipe and click on the Now rotate the heatpipe back to the hori Start Angle grip point located at the zontal position top of the heatpipe Specify stretch point or Base point Copy Undo exXit appears in the Com mand line Type 0 0 in the Command line 12 91 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued Generate some contact to the heatpipe gt or Format gt Layer Turn on
254. mpleted the EN screen should look similar to the example below O Bottom In Both None will reflect and absorb energy Not in analysis group Not part of the calculations P l a lt a 8 Select Top Out to place a dot in the Le ee P circle f 9 Select OK to close the dialog box Figure 11 1 Top Side Active The Thermal Model Data dialog box returns with BASE top out displayed 10 Click on the arrow next to the Top Out Side Optical Property field and select White Paint from the pulldown menu 11 Click on the arrow next to the Bottom In Side Optical Property field and select White Paint from the pulldown menu 12 Select OK to close the Thermal Model Data dialog box 13 or View gt Zoom gt Extents 11 6 RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Notice the small ring in the center of the plate That is the node Turn off the dis play of all nodes or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab User Preferences Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Global Show Options TD RC Nodes Lumps Conductors User Defined Nodes Paths V Contactors Surfaces ies M Contact Conductance Fi ihi one Nodal ipes V Heat Loads Heaters Pressures koda Poundaies h V Material Orienters Color Contours V Trackers V Assemblies Click on TDIRC Nodes to deselect it remove the ch
255. mportant The selection here can speed up your graphics significantly if you have a good graphics card in your system Please note that it may also be in your best speed interests to download the latest driver for you graphics card and install it on your system 13 4 Interfacing with AutoCAD The default for this is software but it is recommended to test the hardware mode to see if things operate better and faster Once hardware 1s selected the user will need to select the driver The proper one to select is for OPENGL or wopengl hdi The is 7 for AutoCad 2002 and may be 6 for older versions of AutoCad We also recommend that Enable Anti Aliasing be turn on Some users have experi enced some model crashing when Use geometry acceleration is turned on so if you are really craving more graphics speed turn it on but if you get some crashes please go back and turn it off 13 3 Copying Objects From One DWG File to Another There are a couple of different ways to copy graphical objects from one drawing file to another The first method preferred by C amp R involves using the WBLOCK Write Block command to write the desired objects a new file and using the Insert gt Block command to read that file into the new model The proper steps for this method are 1 Select all of the objects you want to copy You may have to turn on the visibility of more layers and also the global visibility of the nodes contactors heatload
256. n 17 Click on the arrow next to the Wall Input field and select Thickness Input from the pulldown menu 18 Highlight the current value in the Wall Thickness input field and type 01 19 Select OK to close the RcPipe Edit Form dialog box 20 Click on the original polyline Delete the original polyline 21 Press the lt Delete gt key Thermal Desktop won t allow a line to be deleted if it is associated with a pipe until the pipe is deleted 12 88 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued 22 Select View gt 3D Views gt Front The initial orientation of the pipe will be a function of the where the shape was drawn Switch the view to look at the heatpipe from the front The view should then look similar to the view below Figure 12 51 Front View 12 89 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued L Select the heatpipe A grip point should appear on the left edge of the heatpipe Moving the cur sor into the grip point should bring up a tool tip that says Start Angle Note If the shape line is selected 7 grip points will be visible Click on the grip point to enter the rotation mode Specify stretch point or Base point Copy Undo eXit appears in the Com mand line Since this drawing doesn t have any points to select to insure a perfect 45 degree rotation use a point in space to create the 45 degree angle Type 0 125 0 0 125 in the Command line The heatpipe rotates
257. n The size of the pick box can be changed by typing PICKBOX in the Command line and changing the input value The default value of 3 1s often too small to be useful many users prefer a value of 5 Tutorials 10 19 Selecting Objects Continued Selecting objects one at a time is a common occurrence but there many times when a user may want to select multiple objects without having to go through the process of selecting and performing an operation on each object individually Multiple objects can be selected by first drawing a box around a group of objects to select them and then performing an operation As simple as this seems there are different methods to encircle some objects for selection and these different methods will result in different selection sets Using Figure 10 8 as an example consider the situation of an Ellipse Disk and a Line Drawing a box around all three of the items will result in all three being selected The selection set will be different when the drawing box crosses the lines of some of the items as shown with the solid black line If the user draws the box by picking in the upper left corner 1 and then dragging the cursor to the lower right 2 only the items com pletely enclosed in the box will be selected In this case only the disk 1s selected If the user reverses the order of drawing the box by picking in the lower right corner 2 first and then dragging the cursor to 1 the 1tems enclosed and cross
258. n appears in the Command line area 19 Press lt Enter gt B Figure 10 67 Additional Polygons Additional nodes display Thermal Desktop s Modeling Tools gt Toggle Mesh Nodalization command allows the user to change the nodalization scheme used by surfaces that were con verted to the Thermal Desktop from AutoCAD geometry A Thermal Desktop surface created from an AutoCAD sur face initially contains one nodal region with the same or separate node IDs on each side Mesh surfaces may be con verted to one nodal region per mesh facet by using the Modeling Tools gt Toggle Mesh Nodalization command per forming the command a second time will change the mesh back to one node per side 10 155 Simple Meshing Methods Continued 20 Select the mesh to highlight it in the drawing area 21 Press lt Delete gt The mesh is deleted and original two lines are displayed Type SURFTAB1 in the Command line Enter new value for SURFTAB1 lt 6 gt appears in the Command line area Type 3 in the Command line Note The new value for SURFTAB1 is 3 To verify this press lt F2 gt and view the command line remarks Type RULESUREF in the Command line Select first defining curve appears in the Command line area Select the first line Specify second defining curve appears in the Command line area Select the second line Three polygons are created Select the mesh to highlight it in th
259. n on the screen The view zooms in closer more detail more magnification as the mouse 1s moved upward the view zooms out higher level less detail less magnification as the mouse is moved downward Leave the view on the screen so that some of the object s are off to the side or not visible When finished right mouse click and select Exit from the drop down menu Tutorials Use this function to enlarge the view of the objects on the screen zoom in more magnification or decrease the view of the objects zoom out less magnification as the mouse is moved Note that when Zoom Realtime is initi ated the message Press ESC or ENTER to exit or right click to display shortcut menu appears in the Command Line area Remember to look to the Command Line for additional information Use this function to change view on the screen by shifting the view up down left or right as the mouse is moved The mag nification level does not change no zoom in or zoom out occurs Note that when Pan Realtime 1s initiated the message Press ESC or ENTER to exit or right click to display shortcut menu appears in the Command Line area Remember to look to the Command Line for additional information 10 21 Graphical Objects Continued Adjusts the view on the screen by zooming out until all objects in the drawing are visible Use this function if a desired object or area is no longer within the draw ing area because of pa
260. n top out side to deselect it remove the check mark from the box Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current value in the X direction Equal field and type 9 Highlight the current value in the Y direction Equal field and type 9 Leave Centered Nodes selected Select OK to close the dialog box Create a rectangle to represent the chip using the snap points on the radi ator to place the chip as shown in Fig ure 11 80 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears as a part of the creation pro cess Place the Node ID in the submodel CHIP Set the radiation for the top or the bottom side in the Internal Analysis group Create a conductor between the chip and the radiator with a value of 5 The top side of the box is the radiator Change the top side of the box to have a 5x5 breakdown and also to take the MLI off of it Figure 11 84 Radiator Create the CHIP Use the snap points to put it directly in the same plane as the radiator Note Hint remember how to cre ate a submodel see see Circuit Board Conduction Example on page 10 37 Also create a contactor between the chip and the radiator with a value of 5 11 133 Simple Satellite Demo Example Select the chip Offset the chip from the radiator for radia Select Modify gt Move tion calculations Move the chip into the box Follow the prompts and move the chip down in the Z direction 0 001 Note Hint Select
261. nce Heatpipe with NC Gas O Variable Conductance Heatpipe Wall Material DEFAULT J C Aid stability during steady state use HTRNOD call Wall Shape Circular Heatpipe Wall input Mass unit length Input v Vapor Core Diameter 1 Wall Mass Unit 0 kg cm Condensing H Evaporating H 12 26 FloCad Tutorials Heat Pipe Example Continued 11 Click on the arrow next to the Wall Material field and select Aluminum from the pulldown menu 12 Highlight the current value in the Vapor Core Diameter field and type 0 8 13 Click on the arrow next to the Wall input field and select Area Input from the pulldown menu 14 Highlight the current value in the X Wall Area field and type 0 3 Figure 12 22 New Heat Pipe 15 Select OK to close the RcPipe Edit Form dialog box FloCad Tutorials 12 27 Heat Pipe Example Continued Now connect the heat pipe to both the L a or Thermal gt FD Fem Net disk and the plate using a contactor work gt Contactor The choice of from and to sets for the contactor is critical All nodes on the from objects will be contacted to the nearest nodes on the to objects subject to the input tolerance Therefore choose the pipe as the from object and both of the surfaces as the to objects for the contactor Select From objects appears in the Command line area 2 Select the heat pipe in the drawing area Select From objects appears in the Comman
262. nd line area Click on the smaller articulator to select it Select objects to attach to articula tor appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt RadCad Tutorials 11 47 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation or Thermal gt Orbit gt Edit Current Orbit The Orbit Test dialog box appears with 90 displayed in the Additional Rotations Z field 2 Select the Basic Orbit tab Basic Orbit Orientation Positions Planet Data Spin Beta Angle 3d Angle between solar vector and plane of orbit Aite SDD en Figure 11 28 New Orbit Angle Update Calculated orbital period 5676 98 sec Highlight the current value in the Beta Angle field and type 30 Select OK Display the model on the orbit and step through each position For practice add 2 more articulators and get the second solar panel to track the sun Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Yes 11 48 RadCad Tutorials 11 4 Satellite In this exercise a spacecraft radiation model will be built The model will be used in the following exercise to compute orbital heating rates The use of design geometry to aid in the construction of the thermal model is illustrated Custom conic surfaces and surfaces created with CAD operations will be used for the model geometry At this time review the
263. ng is examined it will be found that a copy of the closed line has been placed at the start of the pipe The original shape is not associated with the Note notice when Heatpipe is se pipe and can be deleted if desired Notice lected the Pipe Attributes and Ties that the plane of the shape has been tabs disappear and a HeatPipe changed to be perpendicular to the start of Data tab is displayed the pipe Click on HeatPipe to select it place a dot in the radio button Select the Subdivision tab Highlight the current default value of 1 in the Pipe Circumf Equal field and type 16 Highlight the current default value of 4 in the Pipe Length Equal field and type 16 10 Select the Node Numbering tab 12 87 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued 11 Highlight the current value in the Both Sides Submodel field and type CHAM BER The Vapor Nodes Submodel field automatically updates to CHAMBER Highlight the current value in the Vapor Node ID input field and type 1000 Select the HeatPipe Data tab A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking confirmation to add CHAMBER as a Submodel A Are you sure you want to add submodel CHAMBER to the submodel list 14 Select Yes The dialog box displays the HeatPipe Data tab 15 Click on the arrow next to the Wall Material field and select Copper from the pulldown menu 16 Select Diffusion in the Wall Node Type field display a dot in the radio butto
264. ngth field and select ft from the pulldown menu change from default value of inches Click on the arrow next to the Time field and select hr from the pulldown menu change from default of sec onds Click on the arrow for the field located to the right of the Insert button and select Pipe2PIt from the pulldown menu Note Pipe2PIt is a predefined sym bol Click on the Insert button Pipe2PIt is displayed in the Expression field Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box The Contactor dialog box Conduction Coefficient field now displays 0 00138889 in bold type Highlight the current value in the Tol erance field and type 0 285 12 70 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 14 Highlight the 4 pipes in the From field bottom left and then press the Edit button The Select Edges Multi Edit Mode dialog box appears Select Edges Multi Edit Mode V Not Used Along Pipe Length 15 Click on Along Pipe Length fo select it 16 Click on Not Used to deselect it 17 Select OK to close the Select Edges Multi Edit Mode dialog box The pipes in the From field reflect the change 18 Select OK to close the Contactor dia log box Small green icons at the beginning of each of the 4 pipes and a small red cross in the center of the plate appear representing the contactor 12 71 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Prepare for postprocessing by
265. nning or zooming This function will quickly return to the or View gt Zoom gt Extents All of the objects in the drawing are moved back into view or View gt Zoom gt Window Specify corner of window appears in the Command line Pick on a point that represents the first corner of a rectangle that will enclose the object area to be viewed Specify corner of window Specify opposite corner appears in the Com mand line Pick at point diagonally opposite the first point A box is drawn around the area between the two points as the cursor moves The view zooms in around the area enclosed by the rectangular area defined by the two points Click the right mouse button and select Zoom gt Extents to return the drawing area to its full extents When finished right mouse click and select Exit from the drop down menu or View gt Zoom gt Previous The view in the drawing area returns to the last view in the zoom pan sequence When finished right mouse click and select Exit from the drop down menu 10 22 complete drawing area view Use this function to quickly zoom into a specific object or area in the drawing area This command has the user define a rectangle that encloses the portion of the drawing area to be viewed by clicking on two points The first point sets a first corner of the rectangle the second point determines the opposite diagonal corner of the area to be viewed Note that
266. nued 28 Click on the next to DEFAULT gt Change the DEFAULT material to Stain to expand the list less Steel 29 Double click on Rect 62 the sur face The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears 30 Click on the Cond Cap tab Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Generate Nodes and Conductors Cond Submodel MAIN Gen Nodes Based on material property v Material Thickness m Multipliers DEFAULT 0 00 Density U or X Cond V or Y Cond W or Z Cond 31 Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select Stainless Steel from the pulldown menu 32 Select OK to close the dialog box 33 or Thermal gt Case Set Man ager on the main Thermal Desktop menu toolbar Note Rect 62 is still selected in the Model Browser The Case Set Manager dialog box appears 34 Select Run Case A Sinda Fluint Run Status dialog box appears confirming the successful completion of the process 35 Select OK to close the dialog box Figure 10 61 Solution 10 147 Model Browser Example Continued 1 Select List gt Submodel ld from the The submodel tree rebuilds and the win Model Browser menu bar dow is back to its original form Scroll down the list in the lower por In addition to the summary of the con tion of the Model Browser look at the tents of the model the lower portion of additional available
267. nued a or Draw gt Polyline button polyline Specify start point appears in the Command line area 2 Type 0 75 0 25 into the Command line Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 3 Type a to start the arc drawing mode Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEn ter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area 4 Type a to start the angle mode Specify included angle appears in the Command line area 5 Type 90 into the Command line to specify the included angle Specify endpoint of arc or CEnter Radius appears in the Command line area 6 Type 0 775 0 225 into the Command line to specify the end point Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEn ter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area 7 Type line or just the letter into the Command line to start the line drawing mode Specify next point or Arc Close Half width Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 8 Type 1 225 0 225 into the Command line to specify the end of the straight section Next draw an AutoCAD polyline repre senting the inner surface of the pipe The shape can be drawn anywhere One important feature of the shape is that the line must be closed The last command when generating a line to be used for the drawn shape should be CLOSE or the shorthand com
268. o a group i Once all the object are selected the filter appears in the Command line area appears and allows the planar objects to 3 Press lt Enter gt be filtered from the solids and nodes The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Object Selection Filter Select Type to filter meee Additional Criteria Nodes 300 Solid Elements 168 Submodel Non Thermal Desktop 9 Material Optics Analysis Group Other a Leave the current selections as they appear Select OK to close the dialog box The Group Name Input Form dialog box appears Group Name Input Form Input Group Hame Cancel Help 5 Type plane in the Input Group Name field 6 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 108 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select Modify gt Erase These steps will delete the planar ele ments Note that the letter g could be Select objects in the Com eee ere used instead of the word group mand line area Type group in the Command line Enter group name appears in the Command line area Type plane in the Command line Select objects appears in the Com mand line area 4 Press lt Enter gt 10 109 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt FD Fem Network gt Surface Coat Free Solid Faces Select the solids for free calculations appears in the Command line area 2 Type all in the Command line Select the so
269. o accelerate calculations Max oct ree subdivisions 6 Max surfaces per cell 8 Random Number Seed Control Use unique random number seed at start of calculations Use same random number seed sequence at start of calculations Use same random number seed sequence at start of every node Nodalization Schemes General O Specific Top Bottom Specific Radk Calculation Spectrum Used for Modeling Lamps Infrared O Solar Wavelength Dependent Properties Only For SindaWorks Notice the Max oct tree subdivisions field is set to 6 11 22 RadCad Tutorials Space Station Oct Tree Example 5 Select the Radk Output tab Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Generate SINDA FLUINT input after calculations Radk Output Filename SINDA K Form Factor Output Filename AREAFW DAT Output Submodel MAIN Initial Conductor ID 1 Space Node Submodel ID SPACE 1 Space Node Temperature List summary if kept is off by more than ho Which Radks Output To SINDA Bij Fij Cutoff Factor C Output Bijs Until BijSum gt C Output 1 BijSum to ERN Node C Disable Radks To Space C Output as Heating Rates Free Molecular Conduction Output 6 Click on Generate SINDA input after calculations to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 7 Select OK to close the Radiation Anal ysis Data dialog box RadCad Tutorials 11
270. of the User s Manual 6 In the Options Head Vs Flow Options field select Simple Fan Pump curve place a dot in the radio button The Heat Vs Flow Options fields acti vate 7 Click on the arrow next to Head Units and select inches from the pulldown menu change from the default value of meter 8 Click on the arrow next to Flow Units and select in 3 sec inches 3 sec from the pulldown menu change from the default value of meter 3 sec 9 Click on the Set button The Tabular Input dialog box appears 12 65 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 10 Type the following in the Enter flow input field 0 216 0 048 192 0 096 168 0 13 144 0 144 126 0 163 102 0 192 48 0 221 0 11 Select OK to close the Tabular Input dialog box Fan Pump Edit Form O Mass Flow Rate Volume Flow Rate Head s Flow Options Reference Speed 0 Osi Pesdlinaeail inches J Simple Fan Pump curve Flow Units in 3 sec v Full Head Vs Flow Map Treat H G as Coefficients COEFS Pump Efficiency Default Efficieny of 1 0 Constant Efficiency EFFP Torq Conv Factor 1 o Head Defined As Total Pressure N E ISTP O Single Efficiency Curve 0 Speed SPD S O GPMP Method OK Cancel Help 12 Select OK in the Fan Pump edit dia log box Wi Turn the filter on to make it easier to pick 13 or Thermal gt Modeling specific entities Tools g
271. og box Select OK Additional nodes are added to the mesh Figure 10 71 With finite elements the geometry is bounded by the nodes which generally gives a much better conduction model than converting to polygons Convert to Finite Elements 10 159 Simple Meshing Methods Continued 47 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools Resequence the node IDs so they are gt Resequencing ID s unique Select entity s for Node ID Rese quencing appears in the Command line area Draw a selection box around the mesh Note Or type all in the Command line Select entity s for Node ID Rese quencing appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Resequencing Node ID s dialog box appears Resequence Node IDs Resequence nodes in Submodel MAIN Starting node number Hode number increment Add increment to existing node number i Cancel Help Select OK Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 52 Select Yes 10 160 10 9 Dynamic SINDA Example This example uses Thermal Desktop s Dynamic Solver interface to optimize the com ponent cylinder and box locations and the thickness of the double plate such that the mass of the doubler plate is minimized Constraints will also be placed on the components such that their individual temperatures limits are not violated
272. og box Select the other orbit that has been defined so now there are 2 jobs in the list The Case Set Information Case Set 0 dialog box reappears Click on the arrow next to the Orbit field and select beta90 the other defined orbit from the pulldown menu Select Add The beta90 job is added to the list 9 Double click on the beta90 job in the Double click on the second job in the List list This is how the parameters for the second The Radiation Analysis Data dialog job can be controlled Notice the output box appears with the Control tab dis file names are different than the first played 10 Select OK to close the dialog box 11 120 Orbital Heating Rates Continued 11 Select the SIF Calculations tab Since a conduction model was not built all of the items to set up and run SINDA 12 Deselect the following options pee ee Ce ee remove check marks from the boxes Generate Cond Cap Build SINDA input file Run SINDA Model Post Process SINDA Save File 13 Select OK to close the Case Set Infor mation Case Set 0 dialog box The Case Set Manager dialog box reappears 14 Select Run Case This will run both of the heating rate jobs that are defined The jobs are processed Bring the Case Set Manager up again and select Run Case again Notice that the pro gram doesn t actually do any of the calculations This is because the previous calcula tions are still valid If a surface is moved or an opt
273. oint s to the 2 Click on one of the contactors node that is hooked up to 3 Press lt Enter gt Select contactors to display markers appears in the command line area Yellow lines representing the contacts are displayed Figure 10 16 Contactor Markers Note The number of test points is controlled in the Contactor dialog box displayed earlier when the wee contactor was being created as the conactfem Fem ul Integration Intervals A value of 10 Pe eee integration intervals means the owen 2c Taena Alpen 10 10 or 100 points will be tested eee E EEE ee In this model notice that the chip 4 C Use Absolute Conductance Max Check Objects O Ray Trace Algorithm hooks up to 4 nodes Contactor Comment C Use Material C Radiation C One Way If something doesn t hook up to a erate node then it is displayed as a red Fte Xckeaton Scaling P Usa Y drecton Scaing point For something not to hook up T ae the tolerance on the Contactor dialog adi ii box must be changed from the default of infinity to a smaller value C Use Mli Nodes This command deletes the contactor or Thermal gt Model Checks marker lines It actually deletes all the gt Clear Contact or Markers items on the Radcad rays layer 10 52 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Cond Cap Cal This part of the exercise demonstrates the culations gt Out
274. ommand 10 24 Tutorials Graphical Objects Continued 1 Click on View gt 3D Views Many predefined orientations are shown The 3D Views pulldown menu appears under View gt 3D views re The user can also create and store views Redraw of particular areas of a drawing with the e 7 View gt Named Views function View s Cullimore and Ring Zoom gt Named Views allows a user to Pan Aerial View quickly return to a previously designated viewports area of a drawing Named Views Regen All Viewpoint Presets 30 Orbit Viewpoint Plan view Hide Shade Top Render Bottom Left Right Front Back Display Toolbars 5w Isometric SE Isometric ME Isometric MW Isometric 2 Select View gt 3D Views gt SW Iso metric The view of the rectangle or other objects in the drawing area changes to that of the SW Isometric view Select View gt 3D Views gt Top The view of the rectangle or other objects in the drawing area changes to a top down view of the rectangle 4 Repeat additional view options as desired 10 1 6 Shading Wireframe Views The Shade and Wireframe View commands offer the user different ways to view models Tutorials 10 25 Shading amp Wireframe Views The Shade and Wireframe commands are found under the View gt Shade pulldown menu view Insert Format Tools Draw Dimension Modif Redraw F eo no Regen Regen All zoom Fan Serial view Viewpo
275. ommand line area Figure 12 9 Entrance and Exit Paths e Click on lump 2 Select to lump appears in the Command line area e Click on lump 8 Select Entity for Area Calculation Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area e Press lt Enter gt Lumps 2 and 8 are connected FloCad Tutorials 12 9 Air Flow Example Continued e Press lt Enter gt Select from lump appears in the Command line area e Click on lump 7 Select to lump appears in the Command line area e Click on lump 13 Select Entity for Area Calculation Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area e Press lt Enter gt Lumps 7 and 13 are connected e Press lt Enter gt Select from lump appears in the Command line area e Click on lump 12 Select to lump appears in the Command line area e Click on lump 13 Select Entity for Area Calculation Enter for User Specified Area appears in the Command line area e Press lt Enter gt Lumps 12 and 13 are connected 6 Select View gt 3D Views gt Top Simplify the view for selecting 12 10 aa E Figure 12 10 Top View FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued 1 Select the pump fan with the mouse Assume the flow rate for this fan is known and select a mass flow rate device or Thermal gt Edit The Pump Fan Edit form dialog box appears 3 Highlight the current value in the Mass F
276. ompleted press the lt F2 gt key to bring up the text window See the Thermal Desktop Users Manual Section 5 2 1 1 for a discus sion of error vs rays RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued 6 Select the Radk Output tab Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Generate SINDA FLUINT input after calculations Radk Output Filename SINDAK Fom Factor Output Filename AREAFIJ DAT Output Submodel MAIN Initial Conductor ID 1 Space Node Submodel ID SPACE 1 Space Node Temperature K List summary if kept is off by more than 10 Which Radks Output To SINDA Bij Fij Cutoff Factor 0 001 C Output Bijs Until BijSum gt C Output 1 BijSum to ERN Node C Disable Radks To Space C Output as Heating Rates Free Molecular Conduction Output Highlight the current value in the List summary if kept is off by more than field and type Q Select OK to close the Radiation Anal ysis Data dialog box Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Calc Radks Ray Trace A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box asking for confirmation to con tinue appears A Continue with Radk Database BASE RcOptics rok Select OK to close the dialog box RadCad Tutorials The default for List if kept is off by more than is set to 10 This is so that only the surfaces with errors are printed and it makes it easy to find the errors in large models
277. on dialog box appears Data Set Source Selection Postprocessing set name Data Source C Sinda Fluint C Radks C Text File C Form Factors C Text Transient File Heating Rates Cancel Help Type nastranTemps dat into the Postprocessing set name field Click on the Text File radio button to select it place a dot in the circle Data Set Source Selection Postprocessing set name nastranT emps dat Data Source C Sinda Fluint C Radks Text File C Form Factors C Text Transient File Heating Rates Cancel Help 5 Select OK This part of the exercise creates a text file dataset and uses Thermal Desktop s Post Processing functionality When the data was previously mapped a file containing the Node Numbers and mapped values was written to the map pingExample folder and named nas tranTemps dat When complete if the picture is grey then Step 3 changing the Submodel field to NASTRAN was not performed Edit the nodes make the Submodel NAS TRAN and then redisplay the current post processed dataset 10 133 Mapping Example Continued The Text Data File Selection dialog box appears Text Data File Selection Text Data File Name Browse Cancel Help 6 Select Browse The Open dialog box appears 7 Double click on nastranTemps dat The Text Data File Selection dialog box reappears with nastranTemps dat displayed in the Text Data File Name field 8 Selec
278. on is meaningless to the master model Optical Thermophysical property names and aliases Correspondence Data Orbits Case Set Manager and Symbols Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 9 The Optical Thermophysical properties names of the externally referenced surfaces must be defined in the master model as also correspondence data The use of symbols between the two models is very interesting If a symbol is defined in both the externally referenced model and in the master model then the master model will update the externally referenced model to use that symbol value for calculations in the master model If a symbol in the externally referenced model does not exist in the master model then the value in the externally referenced model will be used With the current implementation trackers in the externally referenced model are not updated during run time However it is allowable to attach the externally referenced model to a tracker that is in the master model Note that both the master model and the externally referenced models should have the same Model Length units and that the user should not change the Model Length units of the master model once the external references have been loaded 13 10 Interfacing with AutoCAD
279. on of the merge Select Yes 10 101 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Type regen in the Command line The regen command is performed here to clear the screen from the previous Show Free Edges and Merge Coincident Nodes 2 Select Thermal gt Model Checks gt commands Show Free Edges The array turns white The free edges are checked again and Select the elements for free edge cal now only the outlying edges are drawn in culations appears in the Command red line area Type all in the Command line 41 found 29 were filtered out Select the elements for free edge cal culations appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The outside edge of the array turns red 10 102 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt FD Fem Network The planar elements are extruded to make gt Extrude Planar Elements into bricks Solids 1 fee Select Planar Elements Edge Conics for Revolve Extrude appears in the Command line area Type all in the Command line 41 found 29 were filtered out X a N Select Planar Elements Edge Conics for Revolve Extrude appears in the Command line area 3 Press lt Enter gt Figure 10 40 Extruded Elements Select point to extrude from appears in the Command line area A Type 0 0 in the Command line Select point to define extrude vector distance appears in the Command line are
280. on the Freeze snowflake icon of the layer named DESIGN_BUS to turn the layer On sun Figure 11 52 After Layer Visibility Change Note If a message saying Cannot Click on the Freeze sun icon of the freeze current layer is received layer named Com to turn the layer then the layer named Radiator was off snowflake not made the current layer To do Click on the Freeze sun icon of the so highlight Radiator in the layer layer named DESIGN_COM 0 turn list and click on the Current button the layer off snowflake Select OK to close the dialog box Select View gt Named Views The model should look similar to Figure The View dialog box appears 11 33 Select BATTERY to highlight it Select Set Current Select OK to close the dialog box aA l 7 a g 4 7 __ ss 19 20 18 Figure 11 53 Battery View 11 81 Satellite Continued Select Thermal gt Defaults gt Sur faces The Thermal Model Data Defaults dialog box appears Select the Radiation tab to highlight it if not already highlighted Click on the arrow next to the Top Out Side Optical Property field and select Battery Radiator from the pull down menu Click on the arrow next to the Bottom In Side Optical Property field and select Kapton Film 5 mil Alum from the pulldown menu Select OK to close the dialog box Type surftab1 in the Command line New value for SURFTAB1 lt 6 gt appears in th
281. onally minor changes may be made between application releases and as such small changes to wording in such items may be experienced The how to functionality will not change Typographical conventions used in the examples are as follows Typographical Conventions e Prompts instructions and other lines of text directed to the user that appear in the Command Line area dialog boxes and such are shown in Arial type font For exam ple Specify base point or displacement Actions requiring input by the user will be numbered and shown in italic font Pick a point or enter coordinates User response meaning text which 1s to be typed by the user exactly as shown 1s written in bold Arial type font The user many be prompted to input or type information into the Command Line area into a dialog box or some other text box For example Command 3dface or combined with a numbered action requiring user input 2 Type 9x in the Command line 10 2 Tutorials Typographical Conventions Continued e Menu functions are shown in bold Arial type font Selecting commands from a cascading pulldown menu is shown using Arial type font starting with the top level choice and with a right facing angle bracket gt used to show selections on the cascading menus Thermal gt Surfaces Solids gt Disk Thermal gt Surfaces Solids gt Disk represents the user clicking on or selecting the pulldown menu selections beginning with T
282. ons Z Nadir C ZSun C Z Star Star Right Ascension 0 Star Declination 0 Highlight the current value in the Z Additional Rotations field and type 90 Select OK The Heating Rate Case Manager dia log box reappears with Test displayed in the Current Heating Rate Case field Heating Rate Case Manager Current Heating Rate Case Test Add Import Delete Export Copy Edit Set Current Display Orbit Done 8 Select Display Orbit The drawing area displays the orbit 11 40 RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation The vehicle can now be viewed in orbit a or Thermal gt Orbit gt View The size parameter allows the user to Vehicle gt Set Orbit Position manipulate the size of the vehicle with Prefs respect to the size of the planet The View Vehicle In Orbit dialog box appears View Vehicle In Orbit Model Scale Factor Center Vehicle About Orbit Coordinate System Model Translation Factor View Vehicle at Orbit Position View Vehicle at Multiple Positions Set Positions Animate 2 Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes View the orbit and model from the sun L or Thermal gt Orbit gt View From gt Sun Figure 11 18 View from the Sun RadCad Tutorials 11 41 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation Turn the planet off to see if the articula or Thermal gt Orbit gt Dis
283. ose or minimize the Model Browser 12 107 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 1 Select lump 1 at the lower left Set up the model to run by creating a pressure drop across the duct to Note If having trouble selecting dace cnmme low Just the lump zoom into the area or draw a large box from left to right around only the first lump pA or Thermal gt Edit The Lump Edit Form dialog box appears 3 Select Override calculations by pipe The Type field activates 4 Click on the plenum radio button to select it display a dot in the circle 5 Highlight the current value in the Pressure field and type 101400 6 Double click in the Temperature field The Expression Editor dialog box appears 7 Click on the arrow to the right of the Insert button and select flowtemp from the pulldown menu 8 Click on Insert Flowtemp is displayed in the large Expression field 9 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box 10 Select OK to close the Lump Edit Form dialog box The lump changes shape to reflect the change 12 108 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 11 Select lump 6 located in the upper right of the model or Thermal gt Edit The Lump Edit Form dialog box appears Select Override calculations by pipe The Type field activates Click on the plenum radio button to select it display a dot in the circle Select OK to close the Lump Edit Form dialog box
284. ows along the edge of the boards for this flow channel This provides the wetted perime ter for the flow area The shape is closed to get the area by assuming there is a line from the two endpoints The code then computes the hydraulic diameter and flow area for all four paths from this shape A z pea Z Se Ls x Figure 12 5 New Lumps and Paths 12 5 Air Flow Example Continued Select Downstream Entity for Area Calculation Enter for Same Entity appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Repeat the command picking the midpoints of lines 3 and 4 and line 6 for the shape e Press lt Enter gt to recall the command The Create Lumps and Paths dia log box appears e Leave Pick Point to Pick Point selected and 5 as the number of lumps to create e Select OK to close the dialog box Select start point appears in the Command line area e Click at the midpoint of line 3 Select end point appears in the Command line area e Click at the midpoint of line 4 Select Upstream Entity for Area Calculation Enter for User Speci fied Area appears in the Com mand line area e Click on a point of line 6 Select Downstream Entity for Area Calculation Enter for Same Entity appears in the Command line area e Press lt Enter gt 12 6 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued or type Layer in the Command line Note For AutoCAD without Me chanical add ons activate
285. ox appears Thermophysical Properties Edit Table F Use Table sotropic Anisotropic Specific Heat J kg K cp 1 Edit Table l Use Table Density kg m 3 tho 1 Effective emissivity e star 0 Ablation Use Ablation 4 Highlight the current value in the Conductivity k field and type 237 5 Highlight the current value in the Spe cific Heat cp field and type 900 10 38 Tutorials Circuit Board Example Continued Highlight the current value in the Density rho field and type 2702 Select OK The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with Aluminum and the above values displayed in the main property description field Type fr4 2 oz copper in the New property to add field Select the Add button The Thermophysical Properties dia log box appears Highlight the current value in the Conductivity field and type 17 7 Highlight the current value in the Spe cific Heat field and type 0 Highlight the current value in the Density field and type Q Select OK The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with fr4 2 oz copper and the above values displayed in the main property description field 14 Type chip in the New property to add field 15 Select the Add button The Thermophysical Properties dia log box appears 16 Highlight the current value in the Conductivity field and type 0 1 N Highlight the current value in the Spe cific Heat
286. ox is on the screen 10 86 Beer Can Example Continued 18 Select Run Case When the run is complete the temperature A SINDA Fluint Run Status dialog view should look similar to the following box appears stating the successful completion of the processor 19 Select OK to close the dialog box The model changes from the geometric view KI L Figure 10 31 Solution z After the solve is completed the initial or Thermal gt Post Process temperatures are displayed on the model ing gt Edit Current Dataset in the post processing state The Set SINDA Dataset Properties Note If the colors don t look right dialog box appears please see Graphics Settings on page 13 2 20 Set Sinda Dataset Properties Scroll down the list in the Select a Time Record set field and select 3600 3 60e 003 Select OK Figure 10 32 Beer Can Post Processed View 10 87 Beer Can Example Continued 23 or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt PostProcessing Off The model returns to the geometric view in the drawing area 10 88 Beer Can Example Continued or Thermal gt Case Set Man ager The Case Set Manager dialog box appears Select Copy The Add New Case Set dialog box appears Add New Case Set New Case Set Name case W Maintain Unique Radiation Filenames SINDA Filenames Cancel Help 26 Highlight the current value in the in the New Case Set Name field and t
287. oxsymbol to highlight it and then select Open Another set of the original symbols are imported and display in the general tab Select the 4 newly imported sym bols Select Rename The Multiple Rename dialog box appears Type _2 in the text input field Select OK The Symbol Manager dialog box reap pears displaying the new symbol 300 300 Select XboOx_2 Select Edit The Expression Editor dialog box appears with the current xbox 2 infor mation 10 196 Parameterized Box Example Continued 53 Highlight the current value in the The second box reflects the change in Expression field if not already high SIZE lighted and type 50 1 2 of the current value of 100 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box The edited value displays in the Sym bol Manager 55 Repeat this process for ybox and Zbox changing the current values by Figure 10 84 Second Box Edited 1 2 The Symbol Manager dialog box reflects the changes 56 Select Done to close the Symbol Man ager These steps may be repeated for as many boxes that are in the model 57 Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 58 Select Yes 10 197 10 198 11 RadCad Tutorials RadCad Tutorials is a continuation of the tutorials presented in Chapter 10 Tutoria
288. place in the NASTRAN model in order to perform the thermal stress calcula tions 1 Select Thermal gt Utilities gt Cap This part of the exercise creates a bitmap ture Graphics Area of the captured screen and exits Thermal Graphics area is now in the current Desktop buffer and can be pasted to another program ScreenCapture1 bmp has been saved appears in the Command line area Select File gt Exit Note Thermal Desktop can also be exited using the Windows Close button X in the upper right corner of the screen A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 3 Select Yes Technically the mapping example is complete however in reality it is best to check to make sure the temperatures were mapped correctly 10 130 Mapping Example Continued To check the mapping use the template to create a new drawing named fine by com pleting the following steps 1 Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als mappingExample directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved Rename the copied template file to fine the dwg file extension will be automati cally attached Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the fine file drawing icon in the mappingExample directory 10 131 Mapping Example Continued 1 Select
289. plate will then be copied for each new model keeping the template in its original form It is recom mended this process be followed copying the template to a directory or folder that is associated with the work being per formed renaming the template to a logi cal name and then double clicking on the newly renamed dwg file to open Thermal Desktop 10 8 Tutorials User Interface Continued The Thermal Desktop window may display with the Property window dis played to the side of the screen amp Thermal Desktop Thermal Desktop 4 7 Patch 41 File Edit View Insert Format Tools Draw Dimension Modify Window IGES STEP Thermal Help Dele a SSel eoetoo o ee Drawing1 dwg B ePMRRYLO of amp e o w EB amp F a P 6 O Y O ByLayer iF ala S Oa i amp Goo C SEXE S amp xXhE oe moe moe w 2 B DEN AAR L a r E ae e O No selection a ES Alphabetic Categorized Be E Color O ByLayer Layer 0 Linetype Linetype scale 1 0000 Lineweight Thickness 0 0000 E Plot style Plot style Plot style table None ABBOGE Plot table attached to Plot table type 6 iew Center X Center Center 2 Height Width g Misc UCS icon On Yes UCS icon at origin Yes UCS per viewport Yes UCS Name BAT eee eee OSG BER KKSXRES ByLayer ByLayer Command 7 3745 0 4696 0 0000 SNAP GRID ORTHO POLAR OSNAP OTRACK LWT
290. ple Continued 1 Select the nodes on the left edge Some boundary conditions must be cre of the model by drawing a selection ated so the model can be run and some box from points 1 to 2 as shown in gradients obtained The nodes on the left the example to the right edge of the model are to be designated as boundary nodes Note In this case selection order is not important in that only the nodes are to be selected rather than the nodes and any other objects that may be partially enclosed by the se lection box Remember that select ing objects from top to bottom will only select those items fully en closed by the selection box whereas selecting objects from bottom to top will include items not fully enclosed by the selection box into the selec Figure 10 48 Selection Points tion set l 2 or Thermal gt Edit The Node Mulit Edit Mode dialog box appears Node Multi Edit Mode Submodel RIN v Initial temp 293 15 ID Comment calculated by elements C Override calculations by elements surfaces C Put in sub network 10 123 Mapping Example Continued Select Override calculations by elements surfaces to place a check mark in the box The Type fields activate Select Boundary place a dot in the circle Node Multi Edit Mode Submodel MAIN v Initial temp 293 15 ID Comment Type Diffusion Arithmetic Boundary C Time v
291. point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 4 Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label p Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 3 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Subdivision tab dis played Highlight the current value in the Equals X direction field and type 1 if the value is different Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 8 Select OK to close the dialog box Figure 11 49 Second Side Created 11 77 Satellite Continued Don t forget about last command recall or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol When this step is completed the view ids gt Rectangle should look similar to Figure 11 50 Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the shown below Command line area Click on the endpoint near label p Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label 6 Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the endpoint near label di 7 Figure 11 50 Third Side Created The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Notice that since both sides of this surface are external it should only be in
292. ppears in the Command line area Select the boundary node lower right Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area Draw a selection box from points 1 to 2 as shown in Figure 10 25 and as noted below e Using the example to the right as a guide click the left mouse at the lower right area of the surface area 1 Specify opposite corner appears in the Command line area e Position the mouse on the opposite upper left of the surface area as shown in Figure 10 25 and click the left mouse button 2 Note that as the mouse is moved a box is drawn around the area Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area Press lt Enter gt A set of sixteen lines representing the conductor from the boundary node to the surface area are displayed The drawing below shows the correct point selection order to be used for the next steps It is important to begin in the lower right area of the beer can first point 1 as shown and move the mouse to the upper left area second point 2 When selecting from the bottom right to the top left any entity that is fully or par tially enclosed will be included in the selection set If the selection order is changed point 2 and then point 1 only the items that are fully included in the box will be included in the selection set Figure 10 25 Beer Can Selection Points When these steps are completed the screen should appear similar to the exam ple below
293. ps Symbols Comments Analysis Group Orbit Type of Calc Method external beta30 hr MC Add Change Tasks C Radks Heating Rates Remove Copy Properties C Artic Radks Analysis Group external v Orbit beta30 v Method Monte Carlo Progressive Options e Re use calculated data if valid otherwise recalculate Recalculate data current database will be replaced Add rays to database if e possible otherwise recalculate accuracy of current database will be refined Always reuse data no testing performed 5 Double click on the beta30 job in the list Cancel Help This adds a job into the list This job con tains all the control parameters associated with this job 11 119 Orbital Heating Rates Continued The same Radiation Analysis Data dialog box displayed earlier with the Thermal gt Radiation gt Set Radiation Analysis data is now shown Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Heatrate Output Spin Default Rays Per Node Percen t Error Desired Rays Before Initial Error Check Energy Cutoff Fraction Nodes Heating Rate Sources Iv Solar V Planetshine Iv Albedo This dialog box allows the user to set the number of rays and other control parameters for this job Change some parameters if desired Please note that the output file names are programmed to be unique so that one job doesn t overwrite another Select OK to close the dial
294. put SINDA FLU Output SINDA FLUINT Cond Cap com INT Cond Cap mand This command outputs the conduc tors and capacitance for the model to the file sinda cc located in the same directory as the drawing in this case in the board directory If the sinda cc file is opened in a text edi tor three different node blocks main aluminum base circuit board and chip are detailed In the conductor data for the chip the chip is tied evenly to four different nodes on the circuit board representing the planar contact area Likewise the circuit board is tied to several nodes on the base repre senting the linear contact conductance 1 Select File gt Exit Note It is good practice whenever A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog working on a computer to periodi cally perform File gt Save com mands during the course of a ses sion to help ensure work is not lost box appears asking if the user wants to save changes to the board dwg Select Yes The drawing is saved and Thermal Desktop is closed Tutorials 10 53 10 54 Tutorials 10 4 Beer Can Example What you should learn e overview of how Thermal Desktop works e use of solid elements e use of arbitrary conductors e use of the Case Set Manager In this example a beer can full of beer will be constructed The initial temperatures will be set to something similar to a refrigerator temperature of 5C Free convection heat transfer coefficients will be applied to the si
295. r Type the following data into the Expression Editor angle_array field one entry per line 0 60 120 240 300 360 11 143 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued 4 Create a second symbol called In the next step create an array for the cover_array angle of the cover Select the ARRAY check box located at the bottom of the Expression Editor dialog box Type the following data into the Expression Editor angle_array field one entry per line 180 180 0 0 180 180 Edit the assembly and double click After the arrays are created program the in Edit Assembly dialog box Rotation assembly to rotate based on the interpola 2 field tion of the arrays for the current position being analyzed 8 Edit the expression to be interp is an internal function that simply does linear interpolation interp angle_array cover_array hFMeanAnom The orbital engineer has come back and wants to run a case where the entire spacecraft is spinning about the velocity vector The orbital engineer has details that the spacecraft will make 5 full rotation per orbit Edit the orbit Edit the orbit to the orbital engineer s Select the Orbit dialog box Orienta specifications tion tab Double click in the first Additional Rotations field Make 5 hrMeanAnom expression View the orbit and then the model The first thing of notice is that the coordi animating in orbit nate systems look a little funny that
296. r 11 34 Named layer f Show all laye Curent Layer BCS_REMSH1 BCS _REMSH2 BCS _REMSH3 BCS_REMSH4 BCS_ SAMs BCS_SAPs is Current Layer ters IS 0 ames On MOI aade i Layer Properties Manager Invert filter Apply to layers toolbar Freez Ff mm F i s F i 4 EELEE EEEE CEEE EE A DOG000000 21 Total layers 27 Layers displayed g Yelow gli f Magenta g5 m 10 p 1 mie p l3 m lE mi mois mid fm Glue New Layer Hew Show details State Manager Linetype CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS Lineweight Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Flot Style i i aa Si aa Eea aa aa Eaa aai aaa Eea aa aa Eaa Faaa aaa Faaa asa ChE che Figure 11 12 Layer Properties Manager dialog box RadCad Tutorials Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation 2 Click on the On lightbulb and The goal of this command is to turn off the Freeze sun icons for all of the display of the model except for the solar BCS _ files except for panel on layer BCS SAPX BCS_SAPX to turn them off When completed the view on the screen The lightbulb icons
297. ratch in the pear then you are in the default of Startup dialog box second icon from start fr A scratch Just go to the the left if not already selected next step in the tutorials Select OK to close the dialog box Tutorials 10 7 User Interface Continued A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog It is recommended that drawing files are box appears may appear stating the not saved to the default directory but to default directory for the new drawing another directory created by the user named Drawing1 dwg is the where the drawings can be easily AutoCAD installation directory accessed Thermal Desktop ix The starting directory is where all the Your default directory is the 4utoCaL installation directory files Thermal Desktop generates will This is where Th Desktop h ted Optical and e A e S a reside When this is the installation direc All other output generated by Thermal Desktop will also go 9 to this directory tory sometimes users can t find their It is highly recommended that you perform a Save4ds command files or don t even have write permis to set the default directory to someplace else 9 only also want to create new property databases in that sions to the directory Double clicking on the dwg file to start a model is much pre ferred than Starting AutoCad and per forming a Save As command 5 Select OK to close the dialog box Later in the tutorial a drawing template will be created The tem
298. rature K Data from ce 20 objects selected 11 TD RC Nodes 1 User Node boundary 4 surfaces 3 conductors 1 heat load All Selected Items Visible Layers Temperature K Data from case0 sav Time 0 000000 Submodel AAAA Max 3 306 23 Min 1 293 15 Diffusion Nodes for Submodel AAAA Max 3 306 23 Min 2 299 71 2 299 71 306 23 Boundary Heater Nodes for Submodel AAAA al 2ga 115 Submodel BBBB Max 3 323 72 Min 1 307 23 Diffusion Nodes for Submodel BBBB Max 3 323 72 Min 1 307 23 1 307 23 2 315 48 3 See He Submodel CCCC Max 1 331 36 Min 3 324 72 Diffusion Nodes for Submodel CCCC Max 1 331 36 Min 3 324 72 331 36 JAAG 3 324 72 Submodel DDDD Diffusion Nodes for Submodel DDDD 1 eelo ths 2 Sonera Es 3 zeal sla Figure 10 63 Model Browser Output Select Submodel BBBB View the Output area Select Options gt CSG from the Model Browser menu bar Select Submodel Node Tree View the Output area Select Options gt Node Map from the Model Browser menu bar View the Output area Selecting on a single submodel such as BBBB will show the data only for that submodel Selecting Options gt CSG shows the CSG of the selected nodes sorted in low est to highest order The CSG directly effects the timestep of the model for tran sient runs In order for the CSG to work the SINDA save file must have capacitance and con ductors saved on it Options gt Node Map shows a S
299. rcle labeled 3 Note A curved line should appear connecting points 2 and 3 Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEnter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area First draw an AutoCAD polyline repre senting the outer manifold pipe This involves generating lines switching to arcs switching back to lines etc all with out leaving the polyline generation mode Note The user should practice such drawing methods on the side of the drawing area deleting trial lines Ignore the green marks during this step The final drawing should look similar to the view below 1 E NZ 2A 2B _ ec 6 3 X Figure 12 26 New Polyline If the final line is not correct delete it and try again 12 37 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 6 Type L lower case is fine to start the line drawing mode Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 7 Select the point in the red circle labeled 4 located below the red cir cle 3 Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area 8 Type ato start the arc drawing mode Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEnter CLose Direction Halfwidth Line Radius Second pt Undo Width appears in the Command line area 9 Select the point in the red circle labeled 5 Specify endpoint of arc or Angle CEnter CLose Direction Halfwidth
300. rea y E ae AR A Click on the midpoint at the far end of the plate with the tool tip Midpoint 15 0 0 on the indicator displayed Press lt Enter gt to terminate the polyline Figure 12 21 Heat Pipe Centerline 12 24 FloCad Tutorials Heat Pipe Example Continued 1 Click on the polyline between the disk Now turn the polyline into a FloCAD and the plate to select it highlight it pipe Specifically a heat pipe A line for the Pipe Shape Definitions will or Thermal gt Fluid Model 2 be selected because a circular cross ing gt Pipe section is desired If another shape was desired the line should have been drawn Select Line Entity for Pipe Cross Sec before selecting the pipe icon tion Shape Definition appears in the Command line area Set the axial resolution to 50 and leave it as uniform for convenience Press lt Enter gt The RcPipe Edit Form dialog box appears with the Pipe Selection tab displayed Important Make sure that the va por node ID ts unique it must not be the same as any other node in cluding other vapor nodes used by Ripe Edit Fe other heat pipes Similarly each i a mena dana heal pine should Have nodes that oria are not duplicated in any other a heat pipes or submodels Fluid Pipe with Surfaces for Wall Cnt Caren When the heat pipe set up is complete eo nodes will appear evenly spaced on the centerline of the pipe 4 Select HeatPipe on the cu
301. reate a fan The default direction of positive flow in or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Pump Fan all paths will be in the direction in which the lumps are selected l z O Q O s N on 5 O a S O v V T g Select to lump appears in the Com mand line 3 Click on the 2nd lump 2 Click on the 1st lump Figure 12 3 New Fan 12 3 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued Turn on and off some layers to make it easier to select the points to generate the L or type Layer in the Command re lumps and paths within the enclosure line or select Format gt Layer Notice that Fluid is already the current layer which is where all of the fluid sub model components will be placed The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears 1 Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters Show all layers F m C Invert filter C Apply to layers toolbar E i i Plot Style P rer a T On 9 9 9 9 9 RP RP RP RP RH s 7 Totallayers 7 Layers displayed Figure 12 4 After Visibility Changes 2 Click on the On lightbulb icon of the Construction Jayer to turn the layer On lighten the lightbulb 3 Click on the Freeze snowflake icon of the Construction Jayer to turn the layer On sun 4 Click on the On lightbulb icon of the Flow Areas layer to turn the layer On lighten the lightbulb 5 Cl
302. rface by clicking on the dots instead of a boundary that might be shared with another object 7 Type LTSCALE in the Command The number displayed in lt gt after issuing Line the command LTSCALE 1s the current set Enter new linetype scale factor ting for LTSCALE Entering a smaller lt 1 0000 gt appears number will display more dots in the dashed lines while a larger number will 8 Type 1 display less dots Additional dashed lines appear Tutorials 10 15 10 1 3 Grip Points This section demonstrates the use of grip points to edit a surface Grip points provide for an immediate interactive editing of objects without entering any specific commands on the command line Grip editing 1s a quick and easy way to modify an object When an object is selected with the mouse the object s solid lines change into dashed lines and grip points small squares become visible The grip points color is often preset to blue but the user can control grip point color and size by selecting Tools gt Options and then clicking on the Selections tab in the Options window as shown below Current drawing ees Files Display Open and Save Plotting System User Preferences Drafting Selection Selection Modes Grips V Noun verb selection V Enable grips Use Shift to add to selection Enable grips within blocks Press and dra z Unselected grip color V Implied windowing E sue o Object grouping Associative Hatch
303. rowser window to wae Or wane te oda make as much of the right field visible as possible The last column for mass error show the flow out of the first plenum and using the Model Browser menu Browser if minimized earlier Select the Flow submodel name Review the information displayed in the right field of the Model Browser 5 Select Options gt Lump Tabulation using the Model Browser menu 6 Review the information displayed in the right field of the Model Browser 7 Select Options gt Node Map Options using the Model Browser menu The Output Format Options dialog box appears Output Format Options Node Map Options Heat Flow Cutoff Criteria Lump Tabulation Options Field to Sort Sort Path Tabulation Options Field to Sort Sort TieT abulation Options Field to Sort 8 Try the various sorting options available for the lump tabulation Also try doing a path tabulation and use the sorting options available for paths 9 Close the Model Browser 12 120 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued I Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 2 Select Yes 12 121 12 122 13 Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 1 Running Thermal Desktop with AutoCAD Mechanical or AutoCAD Mechanical Desktop Thermal Desktop runs fine under the Mechanical extensions of AutoCAD Users usually purc
304. rrent Pipe Selection tab to place a dot in the radio button circle Note Notice when HeatPipe is se lected two of the tabs Pipe At tributes and Ties are replaced by a HeatPipe Data tab 5 Select the Subdivision tab Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation HeatPipe Data Surface Pipe Circumf Pipe Length Equal l Equal 4 O List O List Enter interior nodal boundaries as fraction from gt 0 0to lt 1 0 FloCad Tutorials 12 25 Heat Pipe Example Continued 6 Highlight the current default value of 4 in the Pipe Length Equal field and type 50 7 Select the Node Numbering tab RcPipe Edit Form Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation HeatPipe Data Surface Use same ID s on both sides Both Sides Not Used Vapor Node Submodel v Submodel MAIN Use Stat ID 1 Vapor Node ID O Use List 8 In the Both Sides field click on the arrow next to the Submodel field and select HEATPIPE from the pulldown menu The Vapor Node Submodel field updates to HEATPIPE to reflect the change made in the Both Sides Sub model field 9 Highlight the current value in the Vapor Node ID field and type 1001 10 Select the HeatPipe Data tab RcPipe Edit Form Pipe Selection Subdivision Radiation Node Numbering Insulation HeatPipe Data Surface Type of HeatPipe Wall Node Type Fixed Conductance Heatpipe Fixed Conducta
305. rs 1 heat load Note Use the scroll bar on the right of the lower area to view additional data 20 objects selected 11 TD RC Nodes 1 User Node 1 boundary 4 surfaces 3 conductors t All Selected Items Visible Layers 10 141 Model Browser Example Continued 3 Select submodel AAAA As individual items in this case sub model AAAA are selected the display area changes to reflect the components of the selected item AAAA includes e 2 TD RC Nodes e User node boundary e surface e 1 conductor 4 Double click on submodel AAAA The tree expands to show nodes 1 2 and 3 are associated with submodel AAAA 5 Select node 1 Node 1 consists of a User node and a sur face The display at the bottom of the Model Browser changes to show only the objects associated with AAAA Note Select by single clicking on the object with the left mouse but ton or click on the plus sign to the left of the object Double click on node 1 The tree underneath node 1 is expanded and AAAA 1 47 1s displayed Items with the symbol double colon means the item is a graphical entity The numbers after the are unique for each entity Select submodel AAAA 1 47 Only the node is selected The surface that is below the node is not selected When an item with a is selected the objects below it in the tree are not selected When an entity without a 1s selected all the objects below it are selec
306. rts F Named Views 3D Views F 30 Orbit Hide 2D Wireframe 3D Wireframe Hidden Flat Shaded Gouraud Shaded Flat Shaded Edges On Gouraud Shaded Edges On Render Display Toolbars The first three items in the pull down are 2D Wireframe 3D Wireframe and Hidden The differences between the three can be subtle but each has it s uses Figure 10 9 illustrates the differences in the three views e 2D Wireframe Shows dashed lines to locate the nodes e 3D Wireframe Does not show the dashed lines surface boundaries are more defined e Hidden This view is similar to 3D Wireframe but the lines behind surfaces are removed making the image on the right easier to see Figure 10 9 Getting Started 2D 3D wireframe and Hidden views 10 26 Tutorials Shading amp Wireframe Views Continued There are four options for shaded modes Flat Shaded Gourand Shaded Smooth Shaded Flat Shaded Edges On and Gourand Shaded Edges On Of the four modes the Gouraud Shaded option is the best looking and the most often used Toolbar icons exist for the 2D 3D Wireframe Hidden and Gouraud shaded com mands lal Gs Gr A These icons are in the top toolbar as shown in Figure 10 4 Below is an example of an object viewed using the seven View gt Shade commands 2D Wireframe 3D Wireframe Hidden SSS Flat Shaded Flat Shaded Edges On Gouraud Shaded Gouraud Shaded Edges On Figure 10 10 Shade Examples
307. s Default Color_5 cylinder f g 3 m Magenta Continuous Default plate S 93 m Cyan Continuous Default RADCAD_POST amp W White Continuous Default space g m White Continuous Default 7 Totallayers 7 Layers displayed 4 Select OK 10 164 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 5 Select Thermal gt Articulators gt Create Assembly Enter origin of articulator appears in the Command line area 6 Type 0 0 0 in the Command line The Edit Assembly dialog box appears 7 Highlight the current value in the Name field and type BOX 8 Highlight the current value in the Size field and type 0 1 Edit Assembly Assembly Trans Rot Name BOX 9 Select OK A red line along the X axis appears on the screen representing the box assem bly This part of the exercise creates an assem bly a collection of surfaces associated with a single coordinate system for the box The assembly coordinate system is displayed in the graphics area on the screen The translations will be edited after the geometry is attached to the assembly The order of this is very important 10 165 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 10 Select Thermal gt Articulators gt Geometry is attached to the assembly Attach Geometry When the assembly is modified via a rotate or a move the location of the sur faces attached to that assembly will also be modified An assembly can be Click on the red
308. s etc 2 Use the WBLOCK command to write the selected graphical objects to a new file name 3 Open up the new drawing file that you would like to copy the selected objects into 4 Issue the Insert gt Block command and a dialog box for that block will come up On that dialog box first browse to the file location that you wrote out in Step 2 above Also on the dialog box is a check box for specifying the insertion point by either selecting a point or by inputting the point on that dialog box In the bottom left of the dialog box is a button to Explode If you do not select the Explode but ton then once the objects have been read in they will not be selectable If this hap pens you will need to use the Modify gt Explode command to break the object from being a block to being individual elements At this point you can now edit these Thermal Desktop objects The second method involves a direct cut and paste from one dwg session to another Simply select the objects you would like to copy and then do the Edit gt Copy command Next open the target dwg file and then issue the Edit gt Paste command Whichever method is used to copy the objects the most important thing is that the user select all of the objects that they wish to be copied If the user selects a heat load to be copied but does not select ALL of the items associated with the heat load then the heat load will not be copied Note that if a surface is selected and the
309. s Solution Type V Generate Cond Cap File IV Steady State case0 cc l Transient FwDBCK jo Build SINDA Input File O case inp Parametric Edit V Run SINDA Model Convergence Criteria V Post Process SINDA Save File Manx Iterations NLOOPS NLOOPT 1000 MV Generate Log File Max Temperature Change DRLXCA ARLXCA 0 01 case log System Level Energy Balance EBALSA 0 01 Nodal Level Energy Balance EBALNA 0 OK Cancel Help D ee 12 Click on Steady State in the Solu tion Type field to deselect it remove check mark from the box 13 Select Transient in the Solution Type field to select it place a check mark in the box 14 Highlight the current value in the End Time field and type 3600 15 Select the SIF Output tab Case Set Information Case Set 0 Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments SINDA Model Options Solution Type V Generate Cond Cap File Steady State jcasel ce V Transient FWDBCK Start Time lo sec Build SINDA Input File EndTime 3600 sec casel inp Parametric Edit V Run SINDA Model Convergence Criteria V Post Process SINDA Save File Max Iterations NLOOPS NLOOPT 1000 V Generate Log File Max Temperature Change DRLXCA ARLXCA 0 01 case log oor Cancel Help 16 Highlight the current value in the Out put Increment field and type 100 17 Select OK The Case Set Manager dialog b
310. s is detailed in Figure 13 2 In order for Thermal Desktop to show different colors on different sides of the surfaces for double sided post processing and showing active radiation sides the surfaces are actually drawn twice and separated by a small distance As you move the slider bars to the right this distance will become smaller and hopefully your graphics card can handle these small deviations If the graphics show bleeding as in Figure 13 3 you may need to move the slider bars to the left to make this distance a little bigger issue an rctouchall command to force the graphics to regenerate after each change If dynamic tessellation is not on the only way to fix the bleeding is to render the model Interfacing with AutoCAD 13 3 Higher facetization 8 facets Figure 13 2 Facetization Example C amp R recommends Dynamic Tessellation to be on with the number of tessellations to cache be set to 1 We also recommend that the slider bars be as far to the right as possible as long as your graphics card can handle it Figure 13 3 Graphics bleeding problem These sliders will also effect how many polygons will be used to draw the conic surfaces of Thermal Desktop If your model has many offset paraboloids ellipsoids or elliptic cones lowering the slider values might speed up the graphics but also might make the surfaces appear not as smooth 13 2 2 Acceleration While this section is last on the page it may be the most i
311. s shown around the middle lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line There is also a small symbol in the lower area left area of the cylinder Press lt Enter gt Press lt Enter gt Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes 11 137 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued Create a disk using the default values ae Thermal gt Surtaces gt shown in the Command line Disk Pick or enter point for center of disk lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Pick or enter point for Z axis of disk lt 0 0 1 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt mith aaa Enter maximum radius or pick enter It is hard to see the disk but if the view point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command was zoomed in it would be easier to see a line area small symbol to the right of the cylinder Press lt Enter gt symbol as well as a new dotted line Enter minimum radius or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Enter end angle or pick enter point Figure 11 89 Selection Points lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Position the cursor on the
312. selected or Thermal gt Edit The Lump Edit Form dialog box appears Click the Plenum Boundary Infi nite Volume radio button to select it place a dot in the circle Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change Select Yes FloCad Tutorials Turn off the selection filter Make sure the Command line output states the filter 1s turned off The lumps created by default are junctions For the model to run the source and sink lumps must be ple nums Lumps and 13 can be changed together by selecting them together and changing their type in the Lump Edit Form dialog box Notice that the shape of the lumps changes from a circle to a triangle Thermal components share a shape with the fluid submodel components but the fluid shapes also have interior lines and a vertical line normal to the plane 12 13 Air Flow Example Continued L or type Layer in the Command line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears 2 Click on the On lightbulb and the Freeze sun icons of the Board layer to turn the layers on lighten the S e ele raa ellen lightbulb and display a sun Cr a 3 Select OK to close the dialog box Figure 12 11 Board Visibility On 12 14 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued Create the thermal connection or
313. sembly artic ulator Select objects to attach to articulator appears in the Command line area Create a selection box around the cylinder Select objects to attach to articulator appears in the Command line area 15 Press lt Enter gt The geometry is attached 10 171 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 16 Draw a selection box around the Edit the cylinder assembly cylinder to highlight it As with the box the Z translation is 4 entered so that the contact conductance 17 or Thermal gt Edit works properly The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears 18 Select Articulators 1 and click on OK The Edit Assembly dialog box for CYLINDER appears 19 Select the Trans Rot tab 20 Double click in the Translation X field to display the Expression Editor dialog box 21 Type xcyl in the Expression field and select OK to close the dialog box Note Upper or lower case letters may be entered The Edit Assembly dialog box updates to show 0 45 the value defined earlier for xcyl in the Translation X field 22 Double click in the Translation Y field to display the Expression Editor dialog box 23 Type ycyl in the Expression field and select OK to close the dialog box The Edit Assembly dialog box updates to show 0 15 the value defined earlier for xbox in the Translation Y field 24 Double click in the Translation Z field to display the Expression Editor dialog box 25 Type
314. similar to Figure The View dialog box appears 11 62 shown below 2 Select BATTERY2 to highlight it Select Set Current 4 Select OK a Figure 11 62 Battery2 View 11 91 Satellite Continued Create a sphere for the end dome of the or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol gt attery ids gt Sphere To reduce the amount of picking the min and max height are not prompted for dur ing the initial creation They are initially set to the radius Pick or enter point for center of sohere lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label The surface parameters may be modified a using the grips after they have been cre ated or by using the Surface page on the Pick or enter point to define Z axis model data editing dialog box lt 0 0 1 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label T a Enter radius or pick enter point lt 1 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label T af Enter start angle or pick enter point lt 0 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 5 gt Enter end angle or pick enter point lt 360 0 gt appears in the Command line area Click on the snap point near label 6 The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears with the Subdivision tab dis played Highlight the current value in the Angular about Z Equal field and
315. sivity Cys Angle C Ys Temperature Transmissivity Cys Angle Specularity Cvs Angle Transmissive Specularity j Cys Angle Refractive Indices Ratio RadCad Tutorials 11 3 Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued 4 Type 0 23 in the Solar Absorptivity field Type 0 8 in the Infrared Emissivity field Select OK to close the Edit Optical Properties White Paint dialog box The Edit Optical Properties dialog box reappears and reflects the changes Select OK to close the Edit Optical Properties dialog box The model will be built in inches Notice or Thermal gt Preferences that the energy units are in Joules time in seconds thus the energy rate units are Units Graphics Visibility Graphics Size Thermal Analyzer Advanced Watts Units Model Length In v J Dont scale model to new length units Output Units For FLUINT Models Temperature K Derived Units Note Only used if a FLUINT model exists Orbital Length km Pressure The User Preferences dialog box appears with the Units tab displayed Click on the arrow next to the Model Length field and select n from the pulldown menu Select OK to close the dialog box 11 4 RadCad Tutorials Overview Parallel Flat Plates Continued Create a 10 x 5 square in the x y plane at L or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol 272 for the bottom surface ids gt Rectangle Command _RcRectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in t
316. sktop entities mand line area Once Explode is performed individual components of the box can be selected The whole box is selected and Select rather than only the whole box objects appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Click on the box Click on the top of the box Notice that only the top is now selected Select other surfaces as desired and press lt Esc gt to deselect when fin ished 10 189 Parameterized Box Example Continued 17 Select Thermal gt Symbol Man Use the Symbol Manager Import com ager mand to import the file boxSymbols sym Xbox ybox zbox and thickness symbols The Symbol Manager dialog box are imported appears and the dialog box s fields are empty 18 Select Import The Open dialog box appears with the file boxsymbol displayed in the main field 19 Select boxsymbol to highlight it and then select Open The Symbol Manager dialog box reap pears with the symbols displayed New Symbol Name 0 1 sl 100 100 200 200 300 300 Symbol Groups gt 10 190 Parameterized Box Example Continued 20 Select the 4 symbols The box is to be imported multiple times Click on thickbox to highlight it and 5 tte imported symbols must be then hold down the lt Shift gt key and renamed Append 1 underscore 1 to click Zoo Oi each of the symbol current names e Highlight thickbox and while hold ing down the left
317. sktop win dow when finished with the plot Temperature 0 00 0 01 002 0 03 004 005 006 007 0 08 0 09 Time 12 80 L Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued hy or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already selected Click on Lumps to deselect it remove the check mark Click on Paths to select it display a check mark Select OK or Format gt Layer The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Select the On and Freeze symbols on the Board layer turning them off Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box If needed perform this operation until the path color bar is visible lr or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt Cycle Color Bars Select File gt Exit A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Yes Look at the flowrate distributions Turn off the lumps and the plate and turn on the paths first Growing the color bar see Model Paper manipulations above and turning off the lump temperature numbers and turning on the path flowrate numbers yields lt 1 162e 005 Flow Rate Clbm secl Time Figure 12 47 New Visibility amp Color Bar 323 000246 sec The first and last paths carry the most flow despite the fact that the far end of the plate is under utilized due to the low temperature gradients the heat
318. stance from the beginning of the pipe The next steps will demonstrate how to find and fix this prob lem FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued The RcPipe Edit dialog box reappears RcPipe Edit Form R x Pipe Selection Subdivision Pipe Attributes Ties Surface Fluid Pipe with wall Wall Surface Ids 428 Fluid Pipe without wall E Top rs Top C HeatPipe 3 Top Top C Wall only Top Top Top Top Top Top Top Top Top Top To Duad Elam 7E2 E zi hele KA e A EV Fe Cancel Help Select OK to close the dialog box Turn off the display of the ties to pre 1 k or Thermal gt Preferences vent the screen from being too clut tered The surfaces must be turned on The User Preferences dialog box to see the problem area appears 2 Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already displayed 3 Select Ties to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 4 Select TD RC Nodes o select it display the check mark 5 Select Surfaces to select it display the check mark 6 Select OK to close the dialog box Figure 12 58 After Visibility Changes 12 99 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools The command RcShowPathArea will dis gt Show Path Area play the areas that have been calculated Select pipe s to show area appears by FloCAD in the Command line area The drawing should look similar to the Type all in the Command lin
319. symbol for the air temperature must Insert button and select airtemp from be defined Once that is done the expres the pulldown menu if not already dis sion used for the temperature of the played boundary node can be set 7 Click on Insert Note that the shape of the node changes to Airtemp 1s displayed in the large BEST enale a DONNA MOLE Expression field 8 Select OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box 9 Select OK to close the Node dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking confirmation to add AIR to the submodel list 10 Select Yes 12 111 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued A number of groups of surfaces were pre or Thermal gt ED Fem Net defined to simplify the tutorial work gt Node To Surface Con ductor Select node appears in the Command line area Select the boundary node Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area Figure 12 67 Node to Surface Conductor Type g in the Command line Enter group name appears in the Command line area Type VERT in the Command line Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area Press lt Enter gt The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select OK Lines representing the conductor appear 12 112 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 1 Select the new conductor or Thermal gt Edit The Conductor dialog box appears Conductor vij C vs Time C Ys Temp Diff
320. symbols lines and dots and tool tips will display identi fying the cylinder and the disc Disk Points Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes 11 138 Orbital Maneuvers Example Continued 1 Click on the newly created disk to Copy the new disk to the top of the cylin select it der Note It may be hard to see the disk Remember it was created at the 0 0 0 origin Position the cursor on the origin the disc symbol and or the dotted line outlining the disc and use the tool tip feature to find the disk The disk is selected and blue grip points are displayed Click on one of the grip points this makes the grip point hot Press and hold down the right mouse button and select Move from the popup menu A copy of the disk appears and is attached to the original disk by a line that moves and changes as the cursor is moved Specify move point or Base point Copy Undo exXit appears in the Com mand line area Press and hold down the right mouse button again and select Copy from the popup menu Move the cursor until the new disk image is at the top of the cylinder The disk will snap to the top of the cylinder Click the left mouse button to place the copy Press lt Esc gt to end the copy com mand Press lt Esc gt to deselect all objects A dotted line and a solid line 1s dis pl
321. t Extents move the UCS display back to the lower left hand corner of the screen Type shade in the Command line Select View gt Display gt UCS Icon gt Origin 11 100 Satellite Continued Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools Resequence all of the node IDs in the gt Resequence IDs model Type all in the Command line 3 Press lt Enter gt The Resequence Node IDs dialog box appears Select OK Verify correct optical properties or Thermal gt Model Checks gt Color By Property Value gt Optical Properties gt Solar Absorpitivity or View gt Zoom gt Extents 11 101 Satellite Continued Modify the color bar to have fixed limits and to display in the label area of the color bar what is being displayed or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt Color Bar Preferences The Color Bar Setting dialog box Try plotting some of the other properties appears Color Bar Settings Color Bar Type E Shading Scale Type Color O Grey Num Shades 10 Data Range Use Autoscaling Min Data Value Max Data Value Text Label Label Position O Top Bottom Side Number Orientation O Along Perpendicular Append dataset informaton to label time type C Show File Name Significant Digits 4 Scale Text 1 Uncheck Use Autoscaling Set Min Data Value to 0 Set Max Data Value to 1 Select OK 11 102 Satellite Continued 1 Examine some of the other optic
322. t Toggle Selection Filter Note Make sure the filter has been _RCFilter Thermal Desktop filter turned on turned on appears in the Command line area confirms the filter is on 12 66 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 14 Draw a box around all the items in Turn off the numbers of all the lumps the view 15 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Turn Numbers Off The Object Selection Filter dialog box appears Select Lumps 99 in the Select Type to filter field if not already selected Select OK Note In addition to the view on the Figure 12 40 Numbers Turned Off screen press lt F2 gt to view the text window as another way to confirm the numbers have been turned off Let s turn off path visibility once more 18 or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears 19 Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already displayed 20 Click on Paths to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 21 Select OK ES Te te Figure 12 41 Path Visibility Turned Off 12 67 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued The fluid loop is complete but now the coolant pipes need to be attached to the plate to model the saddle bond or milled The Layer Properties Manager dialog seat as a Contactor box appears or Format gt Layer First make the board visible Only the Select the On and Freeze symbols on surface next to the pipes is needed
323. t OK The Set Text Dataset Properties dialog box appears set Text Dataset Properties Comment Text Data File nastrantemps dat Description Plot Data for Insulation Nodes 9 Select OK 10 134 Mapping Example Continued The Postprocessing Datasets dialog box updates to display nas tranTemps dat in the Current Data Set field Postprocessing Datasets Current Data Set nastranT emps dat Add New Delete Rename Edit Comment Text Data File nastrantemps dat Description 10 Select Close The model displays in the drawing area Node 529 2 529 2 505 6 482 364 340 4 316 8 293 1 293 1 nastrantemps dat Figure 10 52 Model View 10 135 Mapping Example Continued 1 Open the Tutorials mappingExample Compare the coarse and fine models folder and select the ScreenCapture Before exiting Thermal Desktop a Bitmap 1 image file of coarse dwg image file of coarse dwg was created and stored in the mappingExample folder ScreenCapturel Use that image as a For a comparable format change the comparison to the current fine dwg dis view on the screen to a top view played on the screen Compare the two models e Select Views gt 3D Views gt Top If desired repeat the process to create a Bitmap image of fine dwg e Select Thermal gt Utilities gt Capture Graphics Area Note This graphic will be named ScreenCapture2 Coarse
324. t Points fo BTU sec in 2 F Anay Cl Ys Time _ s Temp Diff C Use bsolute Conductance Testing Algorithm Point Algorithm Max Check Objects 4 Ray Trace Algorithm C Use Material C Radiation C One Way C Use Mli Nodes Conduction Coefficient Scaling C Use Pipe Circumf Scaling From 4 Toft Pipe 1 1887 Out Rect 131B C Use Pipe Length Scaling Pipe 2 195E Out Pipe 3 1 993 Out Pipe 4 19C9 Out 5 Highlight the current value in the Contactor Submodel field and select WALL from the pulldown menu 6 Highlight the current value in the Contact From field and select EDGES from the pulldown menu These steps use a symbol to describe the linear conductance along the length of each pipe It s units are not those of the default model however so they must be specified so Thermal Desktop can convert it automatically A tolerance is used to keep the parts of the U shaped pipe that overhang the plate from connecting to it The final drawing should look similar to the view below nijen ia nil Se ee J g ga N a eal a Mined i A i te as a a a aa TR Wot reer eet Figure 12 43 After New Conductor 12 69 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Double click in the Conduction Coefficient field The Expression Editor dialog box appears Click on the arrow next to the Le
325. tact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Put on top out side C Put on bottom in side Top Out Side Bottom In Side Material DEFAULT Thickness 0 m Node Layers 1 Offset Node ID s by 10000 Use new submodel Nodes Material Init Temp 293 15 K 15 Click on the arrow next to the Mate rial field and select MLI from the pull down menu 16 Select OK to close the dialog box First Rectangle Create the top and the other sides of the box by copying the first rectangle Do this so that the top side is always out It s easiest to begin by copying the first rectangle and rotating it 90 degrees to create a side A snap point to make a 90 degree angle must be input or use Modify gt 3d Opera tion gt Rotate3d Using grip points to select points will be the easiest way to get everything in place Stretch the top and bottom of the box to make the lengths correct 11 130 Simple Satellite Demo Example 1 Select the newly created rectan The steps to create the first of the 5 gle remaining sides is shown to the left Ou Copy Specify base point or displacement or Multiple appears in the Command line area Click at the origin to set the first point Specify second point of displacement or lt use first point as displacement gt appears in the Command line area Click on bottom right corner of the Figure 11 82 Second Side existing rectangle as currently ori ented in the draw
326. tation Oct Tree Example Verify active sides Everything should be 1 or Thermal gt Model Checks amp een and yellow gt Display Active Sides Figure 11 8 Display Active Sides e Green indicates that one side is active and the opposite side is inactive e Light blue indicates that the side being looked at is inactive and the opposite side 1s active e Yellow indicates that both sides are active dark blue indicates that both sides are inactive e Red means that the surface is not in the analysis group currently being working with and won t be used for calculations RadCad Tutorials 11 21 Space Station Oct Tree Example Select Thermal gt Radiation Calcu lations gt Set Radiation Analysis Data The Radiation Analysis Data dialog box appears Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Defaut Rays Per Node Percent Error Desired ic Rays Before Initial Error Check Energy Cutoff Fraction Nodes Positions All Al O List O List Heating Rate Sources Solar Planetshine Albedo Select the Control tab if not already displayed Highlight the value in the Rays per node field and type 500 if the current value is different Select the Advance Control tab Radiation Analysis Data Control Advanced Control Radk Output Radk Time Vary Output Heatrate Output Ray Plot Oct Cells Use Oct ree t
327. ted Double click on submodel The submodel AAAA tree expands again AAAA 1 47 and Rect 45 is displayed underneath AAAA 1 45 Select Rect 45 The lower portion of the Model Browser shows that Rect 45 1s a surface and 1s the only object selected 10 142 Model Browser Example Continued Being a separate window the Model Browser has its own title bar menu bar tool bar icons and Windows control buttons E Model Browser List Edit Display Options Help IIR SIRO Lee fo Figure 10 55 Model Browser Menu or Edit gt Edit on the Model Browser menu bar The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Note The Thermal Model Data di alog box for Rect 45 can also be displayed by double clicking on it 11 Select the Surface tab Thermal Model Data 12 Type Fred in the Comment field 13 Select u R OK to rebuild the data tree and deselect the Rect Fred 45 Once the comment is added and OK selected the tree flashes and rebuilds itself The rectangle is renamed Rect Fred 45 incorporating the comment that was entered This rebuilding capability is controlled with the Model Browser Options gt Auto Update command The Auto Update fea ture is useful with small models but as models become larger this can be time consuming Deselect Rect Fred 45 and rebuild the tree 10 143 Model Browser Example Continued 15 Select submodel AAAA Noti
328. ted using the right hand rule when traversing the vertices In this case the top side will be in the Z direction Create surfaces for the bottom base plate When finished the model should look similar to Figure 11 40 Don t worry if there are extra circles They may have been selected when the array command was performed Figure 11 40 New Polygon Surface Satellite Continued Make another nodal surface or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Polygon Enter first point or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 7 Enter point number 2 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 8 Figure 11 41 Second Polygon Surface Enter point number 3 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 10 Enter point number 4 or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 9 Enter point number 5 or return to end appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Select OK to close the dialog box 11 67 Satellite Continued Create a triangle or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt Polygon Enter first point or return to end appears in the Command line area Select snap point near label 9 Enter point number 2 or return to end appears in the Command line area pete
329. ter gt 12 16 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued V v A h gt 2 gt n D A gt 2 gt x oe O pe _ z DA ANN Sy Oe Py Titans Figure 12 15 After ties new View 12 17 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued Select Thermal gt Fluid Modeling gt This is where the fluid is set The Submodel Manager default is Air so there is nothing to do The FLUINT Submodel Manager D Form dialog box appears In addition to the library fluids the PAN AAEE Foran user could define their own fluid a Rename Set Default Properties 3 Select the Properties button The Fluid Submodel Properties dialog box appears Fluid Submodel Properties Define Fluid Network ID s Fluid Used in Submodel FLOW 4 Select the Edit button The Fluid Edit dialog box appears Fluid Edit Fluid Selection for Submodel FLOW Library Air User atiacel at r Fluid Constituent Identifier Cancel 12 18 FloCad Tutorials Air Flow Example Continued 5 Select OK to close the Fluid Edit dia log box 6 Select OK to close the Fluid Submodel Properties dialog box 7 Select OK to close the FLUINT Sub model Manager Form dialog box The Case Set Manager runs a steady state case by default which is what is needed for this case Therefore no changes are required to get a solu The Case Set Manager dialog box tion appears or Therma
330. terized Box Example Continued 37 Select Thermal gt Symbol Man The symbols listed in the Symbol Man ager ager belong to a group named general Add a second symbol group named The Symbol Manager dialog box reap group pears with the symbols renamed ear lier displayed 38 At the bottom of the Symbol Manager dialog box select Add to create a new Symbol Group A new tab named group is displayed 39 Click on the general tab 40 Select all 4 symbols 41 Select Edit 10 194 Parameterized Box Example Continued The Symbol Edit Multi Edit Mode dialog box appears Symbol Edit Multi Edit Mode x 42 Click on the arrow next to the Group field and select group from the pull down menu Symbol Edit Multi Edit Mode 43 Select OK to close the Symbol Edit Multi Edit Mode dialog box The Symbol Manager dialog box shows the symbols are removed from the general symbol group and moved to group1 The general tab is empty Note Click on the group tab to verify the move 10 195 Parameterized Box Example Continued 44 Select the general tab if not already Add another set of symbols and append selected the names of the entities with 2 45 Select Import Also change the values of xbox ybox and The Open dialog box appears with the zbox to 1 2 of the current values file boxsymbol displayed in the main field Select b
331. th Inter nal displayed in the analysis group list field 11 126 Simple Satellite Demo Example 5 Select Add Add Analysis Group New radition analysis group name Cancel Help The Add Analysis Group dialog box appears Type External in the New radiation group name field Select OK to close the Add Analysis Group dialog box The Radiation Analysis Group Man ager dialog box reappears with the 2 new groups displayed in the analysis group list field Radiation Analysis Group Manager BASE default 8 Select OK to the close the dialog box 11 127 Simple Satellite Demo Example Create the box shown in Figure 11 80 by or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol creating a series of six rectangles ids gt Rectangle Set the top side to be in the External Anal ysis Group and the bottom side to be in the internal group Make sure to generate nodes and conductors and put MLI on the top side Command RcRectangle Origin point lt 0 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 2 Press lt Enter gt Point for X axis and X size lt 1 0 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 3 Type 2 0 0 in the Command line Point to set XY plane and Y size lt 0 1 0 gt appears in the Command Line area 4 Type 0 0 1 in the Command line The Thermal Model Data dialog box appears Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Edge Nodes Height
332. th a wall made up of existing surfaces e Using natural convection correlations e Visualize flow areas computed by pipes e postprocessing fluid models using the model browser In this example a pipe utilizing a set of finite element surfaces will be constructed There is hot air flowing through the duct The duct contains a hole in the side that will be connected to another portion of the system not performed in this model The ambient is 20 C air with natural convection computed using built in correlations 200 C air is flowing through the duct FEM Walled Pipe Example A model of the pipe wall has already been generated along with some symbols that can be used to generate a parametric model The units of the initial drawing are Joules meter seconds C 1 Double click on the file pipeDuctWall dwg located in the Tutorials WalledPipe folder Thermal Desktop opens with the pipeDuctWall drawing on the screen Figure 12 55 Initial View 12 96 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued Turn off the nodes and surfaces to make it ae harmals Preferences easier to find the centerline The User Preferences dialog box appears Select the Graphics Visibility tab Select TD RC Nodes o deselect it remove the check mark from the box Lo 4 Select Surfaces to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 5 Select OK to close the dialog box Figure 12 56 Nodes and Surfaces Off 12 97 FEM Walled Pipe Exampl
333. the drawing area graphics update Click OK to close the dialog box Figure 12 23 Steady State Solution The hottest spot on the thin disk is about 88 degrees and the coldest spot on the plate is about 45 degrees Select File gt Exit Exit Thermal Desktop and save as A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select Yes This tutorial demonstrated how to draw a line turn it into a heat pipe and connect it to the rest of the thermal model To try some slightly more difficult problems try these e Instead of polyline consisting of two straight segments at right angles to each other try repeating the above problem using a slightly more complicated but more realistic polyline a line a 90 degree bend arc then another line It may be nec essary to create construction points for the arc corresponding to the desired radius e Try adding a little gas to the heat pipe and see what the effect is To do so edit the pipe and change it to be a Fixed Conductance Heatpipe with NC gas Non condensible gas Both the working fluid ammonia and the gas use air for demonstration purposes must also be specified For a rather high value of 1 0e 4 kg 0 1 gm the disk now reaches 107 degrees Blockage of the pipe can be seen by the gradients in the plate as shown below 12 32 FloCad Tutorials FloCad Tutorials Node Figure 12 24 Larger View of Solution
334. the analy Select the Subdivision tab sis group External with both sides Highlight the current value in the acne Equals X direction field and type 4 Highlight the current value in the Equals Y direction field and type 8 Select the Radiation tab External top out is highlighted Select Edit The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Select Both Select OK to close the Edit Active Side dialog box Select Internal bottom in to high light it 11 78 Satellite Continued 13 Select Edit The Edit Active Side dialog box appears Select Not in analysis group Select OK to close the Edit Active Side dialog box The Radiation tab is redisplayed Click on the arrow next to the Top Out Side Optical Property field and select Tedlar White from the pulldown menu 17 Click on the arrow next to the Bottom In Side Optical Property field and select Tedlar Black from the pull down menu Select OK to close the dialog box Select the first 2 rectangles just cre ated to highlight them or Thermal gt Edit The Thermal Model Data Multiple Surface Edit Mode dialog box appears Select the Radiation tab Click on the arrow next to the Top Out Side Optical Property field and select Teflon Silver 5 mil from the pull down menu Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the changes Select Yes
335. the layer command by selecting Format gt Layer The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears Click on the On lightbulb and the Freeze sun icons of the Con Figure 12 6 After Visibility Changes struction ayer to turn the layers off darken the lightbulb and display a snowflake Click on the On lightbulb and the Freeze sun icons of the Flow Area layer to turn the layers off darken the lightbulb and display a snowflake Select OK to close the dialog box Create the lump for the outlet plenum or Thermal gt Fluid Model ing gt Lump Enter location of lump appears in the Command line area Type 50 15 5 in the Command line Figure 12 7 Outlet Plenum Lump FloCad Tutorials 12 7 Air Flow Example Continued To view the lump numbers for select Mib 1 or Thermal gt Modeling ing them in the following steps set Tools gt Toggle Selection Filter the selection filter on Make sure that the Command line shows on _RcFilter Thermal Desktop filter after selecting the toggle command turned on appears in the Command oe line area Then use the selection filter to turn on the IDs for the lumps Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Turn Numbers On Select entity s to display ids or LEft Right appears in the Command line area Type all in the Command line Select entity s to display ids or LEft ue va Le Right appears in the Command line
336. the layer with the surfaces already generated The model should now The Layer Properties Manager dialog look similar to the following box appears 6 Select the On and Freeze icons on the Boundary layer turning them on 7 Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box a Figure 12 53 Boundary Layer On 5 or e Type Zoom or the letter Z in the Command line Type Extents or the letter E in the Command line This centers the model 12 92 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued Now connect the base to the heatpipe or Thermal gt FD FEM Net The tolerance used will insure that the work gt Contactor base only contacts the lower surface of the heatpipe since the distance will only go from the surface of the base to the cen terline of the heatpipe Select from objects appears in the Command line area 66 J Select the bottom plate as from surface Select from objects appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area Select the heatpipe as to surface Select to surfaces appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt The Contactor dialog box appears Click on the arrow next to the Conduc tor Submodel field and select Base from the pulldown menu Insure Faces is selected in the Con tract From field Highlight the current value in the Conduction Coefficient field and type
337. the mouse outside and below the opposite lower right corner of the surface area as shown in the IN example and click the left mouse but NSN ton 2 Note that as the mouse is moved a box is drawn around the area Select surfaces appears in the Com mand line area 4 Press lt Enter gt L a a Figure 10 24 Conductor Created 10 73 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select the new conductor Edit the new conductor Note The new conductor set can be For the disk selected by picking any line of the area pi r 2 Set e perimeter pi r 2 e Area Perimeter radius 2 e radius 1 31235 2 or Thermal gt Edit The Conductor dialog box appears Conductor Comment a Submodel MAIN v Auto number ID C ID number Type Generic Vs Time Value o WK Array Vs Temp Diff Use material Radiation conductor One way conductor l Per Area F MLIInsulation Nodes From Node AIR 1 243 Reselect To Quad Elem 222 Top Quad Elem 224 Top Add Tri Elem 213 Top Tri Elem 215 Top Quad Elem 223 Top __ Delete Quad Elem 22E Top Edit Quad Elem 232 Top Quad Elem 236 Top v Cancel Help 3 Type Top Convection in the Com ment field 4 Click on the Type arrow and select Natural Convection Horizontal Flat Plate Upside from the pull down menu 5 Highlight the current value in the Area Perimeter
338. tion C Top Bottom Side Humber Orientation C Along Perpendicular W Append dataset informaton to label time type Show File Name Significant Digits Scale Text Cancel Help 3 Select OK 11 112 Orbital Heating Rates Continued 1 Select View gt 3D Views gt Back The view is currently looking at total 2 Select View gt 3D Views gt Right absorbed flux using the sum of all heating rate sources solar albedo and planet a shine or Thermal gt Model Checks Look for some reflections onto the back gt View Model From Sun Planet gt side of the right hand panel Set Orbit Position Location l The model checking feature may also be The View Vehicle Setup dialog box used to orient the model as seen from the appears sun or planet Select OK Named views may also be used and layers can be toggled on and off to aid in exam ining data 1 On the bottom status bar of the screen Switch to paper space and adjust the posi click on the MODEL button It will tion of the viewport change to read PAPER Note If the black box outlining the 2 Type zoom in the Command line viewport is not visible issue the Rc TouchALL command to force a re Type 8x in the C d line Ca a itech enqueue Vata generation of the data 4 Pick anywhere on the black box out lining the viewport to select the box 5 Click on the lower left grip of the viewport and drag the corner towards the center o
339. to close the dialog box The Case Set Information Hot Case dialog box displays the change Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments Override List Global List Symbol Override Global 35 Select OK to close the Case Set Infor mation Hot Case dialog box and re display the Case Set Manager dialog box 36 Select Run Case A SINDA Fluint Run Status dialog box appears stating the successful completion of the processor 37 Select OK to close the dialog box 10 90 Beer Can Example Continued The model changes from the geometric view or Thermal gt Post Process ing gt Edit Current Dataset The Set SINDA Dataset Properties dialog box appears 39 Scroll down the list in the Select a Time Record set field and select 3600 3 60e 003 40 Select OK The Thermal gt Utilities gt Capture 41 i or Thermal gt Utilities gt Graphics Background will save the current graphics window to ScreenCapturel bmp The program deter mines the lowest ScreenCapture that it can use so as to not overwrite an existing file For example a second command would save to ScreenCapture2 bmp Capture Graphics Area To verify the graphic is saved open the beercan directory folder and ScreenCapture1 will be included This command will animate through all 42 i or Thermal gt PostProcess the times on the post processing fil
340. top AutoCAD dialog prompted box appears asking to save the draw ing changes 44 Select Yes 10 184 10 10 Parameterizing fora Common Input Sometimes it is common that the same geometry is used over and over in the same model This geometry can be as simple as a five or six sided box or can be much more complicated In this example a simple five sided box with centered nodes that has conduc tors between each of the faces has been created The geometry has been parameterized so that the user can simply change the x y and z sizes so that the box will automatically update when the user changes the symbols Parameterized Box Example 1 Double click on the file box dwg located in the Tutorials Parameterized Box For Insert folder Thermal Desktop opens with the drawing on the screen Figure 10 80 Box Drawing Initial View 10 185 Parameterized Box Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Symbol Man Take a few moments to examine the ager model The Symbol Manager dialog box Bring up the Symbol Manager Notice the appears parameters for x y and z sizes There is also a parameter for the thickness of the faces on the box 2 Select Done to close the dialog box Click on the top of the box to select Look at some of the data that make up the it top of the box After selecting the top uti lize Thermal Desktop s Edit function to display the Thermal Model Data dialog or Thermal gt Edit bo
341. top and create one or more rectangles as shown in the previous tutorial See Section 10 1 3 if no objects are displayed Create a new layer to be called layer1 2 or Format gt Layer or type layer in the Command Line ze Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters H Del Invert filter o Deets di Show all layers 7 l l Apply to Object Properties toolbar Current Show details Current Layer Save state Restore state ffl Eine Linetype Lineweight Plot Style ae Continuous Default 2 white Continuous Default Current Layer 2 Totallayers 2 Layers displayed OF Cancel Help Figure 10 11 Getting Started Layer Manager 10 28 Tutorials Layers Continued The Layer Properties Manager appears The two default system gen erated layers are listed Select New A new line is added for Layerl1 4 Select the light bulb icon in the On column of the new Layer The icon changes and turns off darkens 5 Select the color icon for layer 0 cur rently White The Select Color dialog box appears 6 Select Red from the standard colors selections to change 0 5 value to red top left 7 Select OK to close the Select Color dialog box The Color value for 0 should display the color red in the Layer Properties Manager Alayer Properties Manager Named layer filters J Invertfilter r Apply to Object Properties toolbar Current Hide details
342. ude Revolve Planar Elements into Solids Even Breakdowns Options Total Distance 360 Solids created along path 1 degrees Delete Original Planar Elements ID increment for new nodes 9 C Uneven Breakdowns Enter Thickness Material of each layer Cancel 6 Leave Even Breakdowns selected 7 Highlight the current value in the Total Distance field and type 90 10 106 These steps revolve the planar elements All can be used in the Command line for selection purposes since the nodes and the solids will be filtered out Finite Element Example Continued 8 Highlight the current value in the Sol ids created along path field and type 9 9 Select OK to close the dialog box Use the Hide Interior Faces command to 10 or View gt Zoom gt Extents clean up the display as needed The model should look similar to the drawing below igure 10 43 After Revolved Elements 10 107 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Make AutoCAD group gt From Thermal Objects The model now consists of planar ele ment and solids The planar elements must be deleted because their function 1s Select entities to make into a group complete appears in the Command line area The objects will be put into a group and Type all in the Command line then the AutoCAD Delete function to delete that group will be used Select entities to make int
343. ulated by elements C Override calculations by elements surfaces C Put in sub network Highlight the current value in the Ini tial temp field and type 278 15 Select OK to close the dialog box A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears confirming the change 8 Read the content of the dialog box and select Yes 10 66 Beer Can Example Continued Create a node to connect to a convective l or Thermal gt FD Fem Net conductor This node will represent the work gt Node ambient air temperature Enter location of node appears in the Command line area 2 Type 3 0 0 in the Command line The node appears to the right of the model Figure 10 20 Node Created 10 67 Beer Can Example Continued 1 Select the newly created node The node will be edited to make it a boundary node and placed in submodel air or Thermal gt Edit l l The temperature of the node will be dis The Node dialog box appears played as a symbol making it easy to set up a second case that has different air Submodel v Initial temp 293 15 temperature Note The Expression Editor is dis played when the mouse is double clicked in a field Arithmetic Boundary Clone Highlight the current value in the Sub model field and type Al Click on the radio button next to Boundary in the Type field to select it display a dot in the circle Double click in the Init
344. uld look or type Layer in the Command similar to Figure 11 69 line The Layers Properties Manager dia log box appears Click on the layer Arrays to highlight Y we it P Select Current Array is now the current layer Click on the Freeze snowflake icon Figure 11 69 Arrays Layer Current of the layer named DESIGN_ARRAYS 0 turn the layer on sun Click on the Freeze sun icon of the layer named DESIGN_BUS to turn the layer off snowflake Click on the Freeze sun icon of the layer named RADIATOR to turn the layer off snowflake Select OK to close the dialog box Type surftab1 in the Command line New value for SURFTAB1 lt 6 gt appears in the Command line area Type 12 in the Command line 11 98 Satellite Continued Select Draw gt Surfaces gt Ruled Surface Select circle 2 and then circle 1 Press lt Enter gt Select circle 3 and then circle 4 Select the two ruled surfaces just created or Thermal gt Surfaces Sol ids gt From AutoCAD Surface Make the Internal Group n a Set top side optics to Tedlar White Select OK Select Yes Select the two ruled surfaces just created Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Toggle FD Mesh Nodalization Make sure to select the surfaces It may be necessary to zoom in to select them Figure 11 70 Two New Ruled Surfaces The insides of these surfaces are not in any analysis group
345. ulldown menu The Properties window goes blank and a Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog box appears asking for confirmation of the change Thermal Desktop rN 1 object changed to a Frozen or off layer and removed From the selection set Select OK to confirm the change and close the dialog box The conductor moves to the Conduc tor layer which is turned off and dis appears from the screen Close the Properties window Select Thermal gt Model Checks gt List Duplicate Nodes Listing of duplicate nodes No duplicate nodes were found appears in the Command line area Note If the above statement does not appear in the command line press lt F2 gt to view the complete Command line comments As with the first conductor this new con ductor will be moved from layer 0 to the layer Conductor so that it doesn t clutter up the display Before any geometry building 1s com plete it is important to look for duplicate nodes If any duplicate nodes are found it may be necessary to use the Resequence IDs command to renumber them Note See Resequence IDs on page 2 81 Look at the output and see if any are found 10 79 Beer Can Example Continued Turn off the display of the air node or Thermal gt Preferences The User Preferences dialog box appears Select the Graphics Visibility tab if not already displayed Click on User Defined Nodes to deselect it remove the check mark from the box
346. umber makes a more refined mesh Use the default number for the first look at the mesh 5 Select the Mesh Button and the mesh will be drawn on the model Hitting Enter will bring the dialog box back up Close the dialog box 6 Input the Explode command to break the mesh into individual components 7 Use the Thermal gt FD FEM Network gt Convert AutoCAD Surface to Nodes Ele ments 8 You will need to merge the nodes to complete the process 13 2 Graphics Settings Most of the graphics settings are set automatically by Thermal Desktop The user may turn off the automatic initialization of Thermal Desktop from the Thermal gt Preferences Advanced Page The command RcSetGraphics accessible from Thermal gt Utilities gt Set Graphics pulldown will bring up the dialog box shown Figure 13 1 Thermal Desktop will set all the values on this page except the Dynamic Tesselation slider controls and the Hardware Software Settings If the user wishes to override the items that Thermal Desktop automat 13 2 Interfacing with AutoCAD ically sets the Automatic System Graphics Configuration checkbox from Thermal gt Preferences Advanced Page must be deselected see Advanced Preferences on page 2 24 aP 3D Graphics System Configuration i p x v Render options W Enable lights I Enable materials Enable textures Transparency f High Duality Slower Medium Quality Low Quality Faster Geometry Tl
347. ump in the 1C green circle 28 Press lt Enter gt Copy the first pipe to create the other two identical laterals vertical pipes The result should look like similar to the view below Pick on the 2 to select the pipe Figure 12 30 Additional Lateral Lines 12 45 Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued 1 Draw a box around all the items in the view to highlight them or Thermal gt Modeling Tools gt Connect Pipe The Node Merge Options dialog box appears Node Merge Options Merge nodes when pipes are combined Do not merge nodes when pipes are combined Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes The Pipe Merge Tolerance dialog box appears Pipe Merge Tolerance Coincidence Tolerance Select OK to close the dialog box without making any changes or Format gt Layer The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears Select the On and Freeze symbols on the Construction Jayer turning them Off Press OK to close the Layer Proper ties Manager dialog box 12 46 The pipes that have been created just overlap they do not share lumps and nodes where they overlap The pipes need to be connected so fluid can flow between them and heat can flow too The enlarged lumps at the six common points are evidence of successful connec Figure 12 31 Connected Pipes Manifolded Coldplate Example Continued Turn node visibility back on After the 1 kj or
348. ure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved Rename the copied template file to fe1 Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the fe1 drawing file icon in the finiteElement directory 10 94 Finite Element Example Continued 1 Select Thermal gt Thermophysical Create the property aluminum with a con Properties gt Edit Property Data ductivity of 240 Only the conductivity will be entered updated This will be a The Edit Th hysical P rti E eee eae er ate rere steady state example dialog box appears Type Aluminum in the New property Depending upon where the user started to add field the tutorials Aluminum may already exist If so perform Step 1 double click Select the Add button on Aluminum in the Edit Thermophysical The Thermophysical Properties dia Properties dialog box and move to Step 4 log box appears Isotropic C Anisotropic Specific Heat J kg K cp Density kg m tho Effective emissivi e star Ablation Use Ablation 4 Highlight the current value in the Conductivity k field and type 240 Select OK to close the Thermophysi cal Properties dialog box The Edit Thermophysical Properties dialog box reappears with the updated Aluminum value displayed in the main property description field Select OK to close the Edit Thermo physical Properties dialog box 10 95
349. urface Ids field 11 Double click on the Quad Elem Dummy entry The Select Faces dialog box appears 12 105 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued 12 Click on Top to deselect it remove the check mark from the box 13 Select OK to close the Select Faces dialog box 14 Select OK to close the RcPipe Edit Form dialog box Close or minimize the Model Browser Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools Check to see that the error messages are gt Show Path Area no longer being received It may be nec essary to zoom out slightly to see all of Select pipe s to show area pipis i i ae the flow areas in the Command line area Type all in the Command line in the Command line area Select pipe s to show area appears a eB a ell Press lt Enter gt i Z iy Figure 12 64 Show Path Area 4 Select Thermal gt Modeling Tools Clear the screen gt Clear Path Area 12 106 FEM Walled Pipe Example Continued Turn on the visibility of the pipe and all or Thermal gt Model of its components except the ties Browser Note Or maximize the Model Browser if minimized earlier Expand pipe t1 Expand pipe 1 Select all of the objects in the list except for Ties Figure 12 65 After Visibility Changes Note Use the lt Ctrl gt key to select non contiguous items or Display gt Turn Visibility On using the Model Browser tool bar or menu Select OK to close the dialog box Cl
350. via con tactors The ambient is 68 F air with a convection coefficient of 30 BTU hr ft2 F stored as parametric symbol EnviroU 100W symbol Power is dissipated into the base plate Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example 1 Double click on the file dkpawnShape dwg located in the Tutorials drawnSHape folder Thermal Desktop opens with the drawnShape drawing on the screen A model of the plate and its convection environment have already been generated but are not currently visible along with some symbols that can be used to generate a parametric model The units of the initial drawing are BTU inches seconds F 12 83 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Continued Draw an AutoCAD polyline representing or Draw gt Polyline the centerline of the pipe A simple line will be used for the center line Use the coordinate to create the lines of the correct size Specify start point appears in the Command line area Type 0 25 0 25 into the Command lne The drawing should look similar to the view below Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Type 0 25 0 75 into the Command line Specify next point or Arc Halfwidth Length Undo Width appears in the Command line area Press lt Enter gt to terminate the polyline Figure 12 48 New Polyline If the final line is not correct delete it and try again 12 84 Drawn Shape Heatpipe Example Conti
351. will darken and should be similar to Figure 11 13 the sun icons will change to look like snowflakes Note There are 19 rows of BCS _ files and 18 will be affected leaving BCS_SAPX untouched 1 Layer Properties Manager Named layer filters Show all layers g lial C Invert filter C Apply to layers toolbar TINUOUS Default NUOUS Default TINUOUS Default TINUOUS Default This ee Figure 11 13 Solar Panel Visible BCS_HGA BCS_MAP BCS_MGA BCS_PROP BCS_REM1 BCS_REM2 BCS_REM3 BCS_REM4 BCS_REMSH1 BCS_REMSH2 BCS_REMSH3 BCS_REMSH4 BCS_SAMX TINUOUS Default TINUOUS Default TINUOU Default TINUOU NUOU TINUOU TINUOU TINUOU E NUOU E ite TINUOU amp gO TINUOU TINUOU Note The lt Ctr gt l lt Shift gt shortcut keyboard command works in this sr dialog box to select and change Pi Tales 2 aes oid more than one layer onnnnonnnnn Del Del Del Del Del Del Del Del Del BCS_SHONLY 3 Make sure the current layer 0 Is not turned off remains untouched or any new items created will not be visible 4 Select OK to close the dialog box 5 or View gt Zoom gt Extents Or e type Zoom or just the letter z in the Command line and press lt Enter gt e type extents or just the letter e in the Command line and press lt Enter gt RadCad Tutorials 11 35 Importing TRASYS Files and Using Articulation Type pan in the Comm
352. wing area to show 2 axis connected by a blue line The origi nal assembly is at 0 0 while the evaluated assembly is at 1 1 Figure 10 74 Geometry Attached 10 167 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued Note Upper or lower case letters may be entered The Edit Assembly dialog box updates to show 0 1 the value defined earlier for xbox in the Translation X field 20 Double click in the Translation Y field to display the Expression Editor dialog box 21 Type ybox in the Expression field and select OK to close the dialog box The Edit Assembly dialog box updates to show 0 1 the value defined earlier for xbox in the Translation Y field Edit Assembly Assembly Trans Rot Translation X Translation Y Translation Z Rotation 1 Rotation 2 Rotation 3 22 Double click in the Translation Z field to display the Expression Editor dialog box 23 Type 5 tbox ttplate in the Expres sion field and select OK to close the dialog box 10 168 Dynamic SINDA Example Continued 24 Click OK to close the Expression Edi tor dialog box The Edit Assembly dialog box updates to show 0 005 in the Translation Z field Click OK to close the dialog box Turn visibility for the cylinder layer on and visibility for the box layer off Dis play only the cylinder by making that layer the current layer L or type layer in the Command line The Layer Properties Manager dialog box appears 2
353. x The Thermal Model Data dialog box Notice the lengths of the X and Y axis are appears parameterized Surface tab and that the Z Select the Surface tab translation is also programmed Trans Rot tab Thermal Model Data Take a moment to select some of the other surfaces and conductors to get an idea of how they are programmed 4 Look at the X Max and Y Max fields 10 186 Parameterized Box Example Continued 5 Select the Trans Rot tab Thermal Model Data Subdivision Numbering Radiation Cond Cap Contact Insulation Surface Trans Rot Translation x m Translation Y 0 Translation Z 300 Rotation 1 D Rotation 2 0 Rotation 3 0 Look at the Translation Z field Select OK to close the dialog box Repeat the process for some of the other surfaces and conductors as desired Select File gt Exit Close box dwg without saving it and exit A Thermal Desktop AutoCAD dialog Thermal Desktop box appears asking to save the draw ing changes Select No Copy the template thermal dwg file created in the first tutorial to the Tutori als Parameterized Box For Insert directory Note Be sure to hold the lt Ctrl gt key down if dragging the template file icon to the new directory so that the file is copied rather than moved Rename the copied template file to parameter Start Thermal Desktop by double clicking on the paramet
354. ype Hot Case Select OK to close the dialog box The Case Set Manager dialog box updates to reflect Hot Case in the Case Sets field Select Hot Case Select Edit The Case Set Information Hot Case dialog box appears 30 Select the Symbols tab Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments Override List Global List Symbol Overide Global Airtemp 20 Let s create a hot case where the air tem perature is 25 C By overriding the global definition of 20 C with 25 C the new case can be run quickly and it will be able to go back to it at a later time When this case is run all the SINDA files will go to casel Once the run is finished edit the post pro cessing dataset to change to the end time Figure 10 33 Hot Case 10 89 Beer Can Example Continued 31 Select airtemp in the Global List field When the run is complete the view to highlight it should look similar to the following Node 5279 1 32 Click on the right arrow located in the center of the dialog box Radiation Tasks S F Calculations S F Output SINDA Dynamic Advanced Props Symbols Comments Ovenide List Global List Symbol Ovemide Global Airtemp 20 Time Figure 10 34 New Solution The Expression Editor Airtemp dia log box appears 33 Highlight the current value in the main entry field 20 and type 25 34 Select OK

10 Tutorials

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents